FCC ID: EW780-8213-00 1.9GHz Cordless Phone

 

Users manual TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Congratulations on purchasing your new AT&T product. Before using this AT&T product, please read the Important safety information on pages 152-153 of this users manual. Please thoroughly read the users manual for all the feature operations and troubleshooting information you need to install and operate your new AT&T product. You can also visit our website at www.telephones.att.com or call 1 (800) 222-3111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. TL96271 (two handsets) TL96371 (three handsets) TL96471 (four handsets) DECT 6.0 2 cordless telephone/ answering system with Bluetooth wireless technology Model #:

Type:

Serial #:

Purchase date:

Place of purchase:

Both the model and serial numbers of your AT&T product can be found on the bottom of the telephone base. Compatible with Hearing Aid T-Coil T TIA-1083 Telephones identified with this logo have reduced noise and interference when used with most T-coil equipped hearing aids and cochlear implants. The TIA-1083 Compliant Logo is a trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association. Used under license. The ENERGY STAR R program (www.energystar.gov) recognizes and encourages the use of products that save energy and help protect our environment. We are proud to mark this product with the ENERGY STAR R label indicating it meets the latest energy efficiency guidelines. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Advanced American Telephones and its parent, VTech Holdings Limited, is under license. VTech Holdings Limited is a member of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 2011 Advanced American Telephones. All Rights Reserved. AT&T and the AT&T logo are trademarks of AT&T Intellectual Property licensed to Advanced American Telephones, San Antonio, TX 78219. Printed in China. Parts checklist Your telephone package contains the following items. Save your sales receipt and original packaging in the event warranty service is necessary. Users manual TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Quick start guide TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Users manual Quick start guide Cordless handset

(2 for TL96271)

(3 for TL96371)

(4 for TL96471) Telephone base Telephone line cord Power adapter for telephone base 2

. 4 V 4 0 0 m A h N i

M H B T 1 8 3 3 4 2 B T 2 8 3 3 4 2

B Y 1 0 2 1 Battery for cordless Battery compartment handsets

(2 for TL96271)

(3 for TL96371)

(4 for TL96471) covers

(2 for TL96271)

(3 for TL96371)

(4 for TL96471) Charger for cordless handset with power adapter installed

(1 for TL96271)

(2 for TL96371)

(3 for TL96471) Users manual TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Table of contents Getting started Quick reference guide - telephone base................................................................... 3 Quick reference guide - handset........ 4 Telephone base main menu.................. 7 Handset main menu.................................. 8 Installation...................................................10 Telephone base installation................11 Telephone base installation ..........11 Charger installation.................................12 Battery installation and charging.....13 Battery charging .......................................14 Installation options..................................15 Tabletop to wall mount installation .............................................15 Wall mount to tabletop installation .............................................16 Introducing Bluetooth............................17 Glossary of terms.....................................18 Bluetooth setup ........................................19 Add a cell phone ................................19 Add a headset......................................21 Auto connection..................................22 Device list and connection ............. 23 Review the active device list ........23 Connect/disconnect an active device .......................................................23 Remove a paired device..................24 Rename a paired device..................25 Replace an active device................26 To replace an active device:..........26 Bluetooth connection from idle mode.........................................................26 Download directory...........................27 Interruption to directory download................................................29 Change PIN............................................30 Telephone settings Ringer volume......................................31 Ringer tone............................................32 Set date and time...............................33 Settings....................................................34 LCD language .......................................34 Display alerts........................................35 Missed call indicator .........................35 Voicemail indicator ............................36 No line .....................................................37 Download fail .......................................37 Use caller ID to automatically set date and time.......................................38 Rename handset.................................38 Key tone..................................................39 Dial mode ...............................................39 Voice announce caller ID................40 Website....................................................40 Home area code..................................41 Cell area code......................................42 Telephone base settings.......................43 Ringer volume......................................43 Ringer tone............................................44 LCD language .......................................44 Display alerts........................................45 Missed call indicator .........................45 No line .....................................................47 Download fail .......................................47 Use caller ID to automatically set date and time.......................................48 Rename base ........................................48 Table of contents Key tone..................................................49 Set date and time...............................50 Use caller ID to automatically set date and time.......................................51 Dial mode ...............................................51 Voice announce caller ID................52 Website....................................................52 Home area code..................................53 Cell area code......................................54 Telephone base ringer volume....55 Answering system settings............55 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call..............56 Make, answer or end a home call .............................................................56 Call waiting on home call ..............58 Make, answer or end a cell call .58 Call waiting on the cell line..........59 Answer an incoming cell call while on a home call.....................................60 Answer a home call while on a cell call ....................................................61 Conference calls.......................................62 Conference home and cell calls .62 Options while on calls...........................63 Speakerphone ......................................63 Volume control ....................................63 Silencing the ringer ...........................63 Mute ..........................................................64 Temporary tone dialing ...................64 Hold...........................................................65 Equalizer..................................................65 Chain dialing.........................................66 Redial..............................................................68 Review the redial list........................68 Dial a redial entry...............................68 Save a redial entry to the directory..................................................69 Delete a redial entry.........................70 Handset locator.........................................71 Share an outside call..............................72 Join a call in progress......................72 Intercom........................................................73 Answer an incoming call during an intercom call.........................................75 Call transfer using intercom ...............77 Push-to-talk (PTT) ....................................79 PTT on/off..............................................79 PTT to a single handset...................80 PTT to a group of handsets...........82 Answer a PTT call...............................84 Change a one-to-one PTT call to an intercom call ..................................85 End a PTT call.......................................86 Answer an incoming call during PTT .............................................................86 Make an outgoing call during PTT .............................................................87 Directory About the directory.................................88 Create and review entries....................89 Create a new entry in the home directory..................................................89 Add a predialed telephone number to the directory....................................92 Review the directory.........................94 3-character alphabetical search .95 Dial, edit or delete a directory ..........96 Dial a directory entry........................96 Edit a directory entry........................97 Edit the type of a directory entry..........................................................99 Delete a directory entry..................99 Remove a downloaded directory...............................................100 Speed dial directory.............................101 Store a speed dial directory entry.......................................................101 Review the speed dial directory...............................................102 Dial a speed dial entry..................102 Reassign a speed dial entry.......102 Delete a speed dial entry............103 Caller ID About caller ID .......................................104 Information about caller ID with call waiting .........................................104 Appendix Handset screen icons..........................129 Telephone base screen icons..........130 Alert tones and lights .........................131 Handset alert tones........................131 Telephone base alert tones........131 Handset indicator lights...............131 Telephone base indicator lights ......................................................132 Screen messages...................................133 Display screen messages.............133 Expand your telephone system......136 Adding and registering handsets

(optional)..............................................136 Replace a handset................................137 Troubleshooting .....................................138 Maintenance.............................................151 Important safety information ..........152 Especially about cordless telephones ..........................................152 Precautions for users of implanted cardiac pacemakers........................153 Pacemaker patients........................153 Especially about telephone answering systems..........................153 FCC Part 68 and ACTA........................154 FCC Part 15..............................................155 Limited warranty....................................156 Technical specifications .....................158 DECT 6.0 digital technology.......158 Telephone operating range ........158 Redefining long range coverage and clarity ...........................................158 HD audio ..............................................158 Index................................................ 159 Table of contents Caller ID operation ...............................105 How the caller ID history (caller ID log) works............................................105 Memory match..................................105 Review the caller ID log...............106 View dialing options.......................108 Dial a caller ID log entry .............108 Save a caller ID log entry to the directory...............................................109 Delete from the caller ID log ....111 Reasons for missing caller ID information .........................................112 Answering system Answering system settings Answer ON/OFF...............................113 Announcement .................................114 Play your announcement ............114 Record your own announcement..................................115 Delete your announcement........116 Call screening....................................117 Number of rings ...............................118 Remote access code......................119 Message alert tone.........................120 Recording time..................................121 About the answering system...........122 Answering system and voicemail..............................................122 Using the answering system and voicemail together..........................122 Message capacity ............................123 Voice prompts ...................................123 Call screening at the telephone base........................................................123 Call intercept .....................................123 Temporarily turning off the message alert tone.........................123 Message playback.................................124 Delete all old messages...............126 Record and play memos ..............127 Remote access........................................128 To remotely access the answering system...................................................128 Remote commands.........................128 Getting started Quick reference guide - telephone base REDIAL/PAUSE Press repeatedly to view the last 10 numbers dialed (page 68). While entering numbers, press and hold to insert a dialing pause (page 90). 1 While reviewing a caller ID history entry, press repeatedly to add or remove 1 in front of the telephone number before dialing or saving it in a directory (page 108).

/HANDSET LOCATOR Press to page all system handsets (page 71). VOLUME Press to adjust the volume during playback (page 125). Press to adjust the volume during a call

(page 63). When the phone is not in use, press to adjust the telephone base ringer volume for all lines (page 43). X/DELETE Press to delete the message currently playing (page 124). When the phone is not in use, press twice to delete all previously reviewed messages (page 126).

/REPEAT Press to repeat a message or press twice to play the previous message

(page 124).

/ANS ON Press to turn the answering system on or off (page 113). TONE Press to switch to tone dialing temporarily during a call if you have pulse service

(page 64). PTT Press to begin a one-to-one or one-to-

group broadcast. Press and hold to begin a one-to-group broadcast when the handset is not in use.

/SKIP During message playback, press to skip to the next message

(page 124). While entering names or numbers, press to move the cursor to the right.

/PLAY/STOP Press to play messages

(page 124). Press to stop message playback

(page 124). 1 Getting started Quick reference guide - telephone base FLASH During a call, press to answer an incoming call when you receive a call waiting alert

(page 58). MUTE During a call, press to mute the microphone (page 64). While the handset is ringing, press to silence the ringer temporarily (page 63). HEADSET Press to transfer a call from the telephone base to a connected Bluetooth headset (page 57). Press to use a connected Bluetooth headset (page 57). Press to end a call while you are using the Bluetooth headset (page 57). CANCEL While in a menu, press to exit without making changes or press and hold to return to idle mode. While entering names or numbers, press to delete a digit or a character. CID Press to scroll down while in a menu. Press to review the caller ID log when the telephone is not in use (page 107). While entering names or numbers, press to move the cursor to the left. Softkeys (2) Press to select a menu item displayed above the key. 2 HOME Press to make or answer a home call (page 56). During a home call, press to answer an incoming call when you hear a call waiting alert (page 59). Flashes quickly when there is an incoming home call. Flashes slowly when a home call is on hold. CELLULAR Press to make or answer a cell call

(page 58). During a cell call, press to answer an incoming call when you hear a call waiting alert (page 59). Flashes quickly when there is an incoming cell call. Flashes slowly when a cell call is on hold. DIR Press to scroll up while in a menu. Press to show directory entries when the telephone is not in use (page 94). While entering names or numbers, press to move the cursor to the right. DEVICE 1/DEVICE 2 lights On when the telephone base is paired and connected with a Bluetooth device. Flash alternately while pairing a Bluetooth device. Getting started Quick reference guide - telephone base Main menu The selected menu item is highlighted. Feature menu Play messages (page 125) Answering sys (page 113) Directory (page 88) Caller ID log (page 104) Intercom (page 73) Bluetooth (page 17) Ringers (page 43) Set date/time (page 33) Settings (page 34) Website (page 52) Menu Using menus 1. 2. 3. Press MENU in idle mode (when the telephone is not in use) to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll through menu items. Press SELECT to select or save the highlighted item.

-OR-

Press CANCEL to cancel an operation, back up to the previous menu, or exit the menu display.

-OR-

Press CANCEL repeatedly to return to idle mode. NOTE: If no key is pressed, the handset automatically returns to idle mode after 30 seconds. 3 Getting started Quick reference guide - handset CHARGE light On when the handset is charging in the telephone base or charger. Softkeys (2) Press to select a menu item displayed above the key. While in a menu, press to select an item or save an entry or setting. CELLULAR Press to make or answer a cell call (page 58). During a cell call, press to answer an incoming call when you hear a call waiting alert

(page 59). Flashes quickly when there is an incoming cell call. Flashes slowly when a cell call is on hold. HOME/FLASH Press to make or answer a home call

(page 56). During a home call, press to answer an incoming call when you hear a call waiting alert (page 58). Flashes quickly when there is an incoming home call. Flashes slowly when a home call is on hold. 1 While reviewing a caller ID history entry, press repeatedly to add or remove 1 in front of the telephone number before dialing or saving it in a directory (page 108). TONE Press to switch to tone dialing temporarily during a call if you have pulse service

(page 64). Press to toggle the name order when saving a caller ID log entry into directory (page 109).

/SPEAKER Press to make or answer a home or cell call using the speakerphone. Press to turn on the handset speakerphone. Press again to resume normal handset use

(page 63). REDIAL/PAUSE Press repeatedly to view the last 10 numbers dialed (page 68). While entering numbers, press and hold to insert a dialing pause (page 89). 4 Getting started Quick reference guide - handset DIR /VOLUME Press to scroll up while in menus. During a call or message playback, press to increase the listening volume (page 63 and page 125). Press to show directory entries when the telephone is not in use (page 94). While entering names or numbers in the directory, press to move the cursor to the left

(page 89). MUTE/DELETE During a call, press to mute the microphone

(page 64). While predialing, press to delete digits (page 56). While reviewing the redial list, directory or caller ID history, press to delete an individual entry (pages 68, 99 and 111). While entering or editing a directory entry, press to erase a digit or character. While the handset is ringing, press to silence the ringer temporarily (page 63). During message or announcement playback, press to delete a message or announcement

(page 125 or page 116). OFF/CANCEL While using menus, press to cancel an operation, back up to the previous menu, or exit the menu display (page 3). Press and hold to return to idle mode. During a call, press to hang up (page 56). Press and hold while the telephone is not in use to erase the displayed messages (XX Missed calls and Download fail) (page 45 and page 37). While the handset is ringing, press to silence the ringer temporarily (page 63). CID /VOLUME Press to scroll down while in menus. During a call or message playback, press to decrease the listening volume (page 63 and page 125). Press to show the caller ID history when the telephone is not in use (page 106). While entering names or numbers in the directory, press to move the cursor to the right

(page 89).

# (pound key) Press repeatedly to display other dialing options when reviewing a caller ID history entry

(page 108). EQ During an outside call, intercom call, message or announcement playback, press to change the quality of the audio to best suit your hearing

(page 65). 5 Getting started Quick reference guide - handset PUSH TO TALK Press to begin a one-to-one or one-to-

group broadcast. Press and hold to begin a one-to-group broadcast when the handset is not in use. Feature menu Play messages (page 125) Answering sys (page 113) Directory (page 88) Caller ID log (page 104) Intercom (page 73) Bluetooth (page 17) Ringers (page 31) Set date/time (page 33) Settings (page 34) Website (page 52) Using menus Main menu The selected menu item is highlighted. Menu 1. 2. 3. Press MENU in idle mode (when the telephone is not in use) to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll through menu items. OFF/CANCEL to cancel an Press SELECT to select or save the highlighted item.

-OR-

Press operation, back up to the previous menu, or exit the menu display.

-OR-

Press and hold return to idle mode. OFF/CANCEL to NOTE: If no key is pressed, the handset automatically returns to idle mode after 30 seconds. 6 Getting started Telephone base main menu To enter the main menu:

1. 2. 3. Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to scroll through menu items. Press SELECT to select the highlighted item. Press CANCEL to cancel an operation, back up to the previous menu or exit the menu display. To return to idle mode, press and hold CANCEL. NOTE: If no key is pressed within 30 seconds, the telephone base automatically returns to idle mode. Play messages - play messages from message box. Answering sys - play, record, delete your announcement and memos and change your answering system settings. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Directory - store and search for names and numbers. Caller ID log - review the caller ID history or delete all caller ID log entries. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT BACK SELECT Intercom - intercom call with a system handset. Bluetooth - set up and manage your Bluetooth devices. Answering sys Directory Caller ID log Intercom BACK SELECT Directory Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth BACK SELECT Ringers - set up ringers for the home and cell lines. Set date/time - set up the date and time of your telephone. Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth Ringers BACK SELECT Intercom Bluetooth Ringers Set date/time BACK SELECT Settings - change your telephone base settings. Website - view the AT&T website address. Bluetooth Ringers Set date/time Settings BACK SELECT 7 Ringers Set date/time Settings Website BACK SELECT Getting started Handset main menu To enter the main menu:

1. 2. Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to select a handset feature menu, then press the SELECT softkey to enter that menu. Press OFF/CLEAR to cancel an operation, back up to the previous menu or exit the menu display. To return to idle mode, press and hold OFF/CLEAR. NOTE: If no key is pressed within 30 seconds, the handset automatically returns to idle mode. Play messages - play messages from message box. Answering sys - play, record, delete your announcement and memos and change your answering system settings. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Directory - store and search for names and numbers. Caller ID log - review the caller ID history or delete all caller ID log entries. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Intercom - intercom call with the telephone base or a system handset. Ringers - set up ringers for the home and cell lines. Answering sys Directory Caller ID log Intercom BACK SELECT Directory Caller ID log Intercom Ringers BACK SELECT 8 Getting started Handset main menu Set date/time - change your handset settings. Settings - change your handset settings. Caller ID log Intercom Ringers Set date/time BACK SELECT Intercom Ringers Set date/time Settings BACK SELECT Website - view the AT&T website address. Ringers Set date/time Settings Website BACK SELECT 9 Getting started Installation You must install and charge the handset battery before using the cordless handset. See pages 13-14 for easy instructions. Install the telephone base close to a telephone jack and a power outlet not controlled by a wall switch. The telephone base should be placed on a flat surface. For optimum range and better reception, place the telephone base in a central and open location. You may hear interference if your cellular phone is too close to the telephone base during a CELLULAR call. Make sure that your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone is within 15 feet of the telephone base in order to maintain a clear and consistent connection between your Bluetooth cell phone, telephone base and cell tower. If you subscribe to high-speed Internet service (DSL - digital subscriber line) through your telephone line(s), you must install a DSL filter between each telephone line cord and telephone wall jack (page 11). The filter prevents noise and caller ID problems caused by DSL interference. Please contact your DSL service provider for more information about DSL filters. Your product may be shipped with a protective sticker covering the handset or telephone base display - remove it before use. For customer service or product information, visit our website at www.telephones.att.com or call 1 (800) 222-3111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. Avoid placing the telephone base too close to:

Communication devices such as television sets, VCRs, or other cordless telephones. Excessive heat sources. Noise sources such as a window with traffic outside, motors, microwave ovens, refrigerators, or fluorescent lighting. Excessive dust sources such as a workshop or garage. Excessive moisture. Extremely low temperature. Mechanical vibration or shock such as on top of the washing machine or work bench. 10 Getting started Telephone base installation Install the telephone base and charger as shown below. The telephone base is ready for tabletop use. If you want to change to wall mounting, see Installation options on page 9 for details. Telephone base installation Plug the large end of the power adapter into a power outlet not controlled by a wall switch. Route the power adapter cord through this slot. Raise the antenna. Plug one end of the telephone line cord into a telephone jack or a DSL filter. If you have DSL high-speed Internet service, a DSL filter

(not included) is required. Telephone line cord Route the telephone line cord through this slot. Plug the other end of the telephone line cord into the telephone jack on the back of the telephone base. Plug the small end of the telephone base power adapter into the power adapter jack on the back of the telephone base. 11 Getting started Charger installation Plug the power adapter into an electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch. IMPORTANT INFORMATION:

1. Use only the power adapter(s) provided with this product. To obtain a replacement, visit our website at www.telephones.att.com or call 1 (800) 222-3111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. The power adapters are intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet. 2. 12 Getting started Battery installation and charging Install the battery as shown below. Step 1 Plug the battery connector securely into the socket inside the handset battery compartment, matching the color-coded label. Insert the supplied battery with the label THIS SIDE UP facing up as indicated. Step 2 Align the cover flat against the battery compartment, then slide it upwards until it clicks into place. CHARGE light Step 3 Charge the handset by placing it face up in the telephone base or charger. The CHARGE light is on when charging. After you install your telephone or power returns following a power outage, the handset will prompt you to set the date and time. For instructions, see Set date and time on page 33. To skip setting the date and time, press OFF/CANCEL or BACK. SET DATE

MM/DD/YY BACK SET SET TIME

BACK SET To replace the battery, press the tab and slide the battery compartment cover downwards. Lift out the old battery and disconnect it from the handset. Follow the instructions above to install and charge the new battery. IMPORTANT INFORMATION:

Use only the supplied rechargeable battery or replacement battery (model BT166342). To order, visit our website at www.telephones.att.com or call 1 (800) 222-3111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. If you do not use the handset for a long time, disconnect and remove the battery to prevent possible leakage. 13 Getting started Battery charging Once you have installed the battery, the screen indicates the battery status

(see table below). If necessary, place the handset in the telephone base or charger to charge the battery. For best performance, keep the handset in the telephone base or charger when not in use. The battery is fully charged after 16 hours of continuous charging. See the table on page 158 for battery operating times. If the screen is blank, you need to charge the handset without interruption for at least 30 minutes to give the handset enough charge to use the telephone for a short time. When the battery is low, the handset shows Low battery and a flashing handset beeps every minute. If you are on a call in low battery mode, the The following table summarizes the battery charge indicators and actions to take. Battery indicators Battery status Action The screen is blank or shows Place in charger and flashes. The battery has no or very little charge. The handset cannot be used. Charge without interruption

(at least 30 minutes). The screen shows Low battery and flashes. Battery has enough charge to be used for a short time. Charge without interruption

(at least 30 minutes). The screen shows HANDSET X. Battery is charged. To keep the battery charged, place it in the telephone base or charger when not in use. NOTE: If you are on a phone call in low battery mode, you hear four short beeps every minute. 14 Getting started Installation options Your telephone base is ready for tabletop use. If you want to mount your telephone on a wall, follow the steps below to connect the telephone base with a standard dual-stud telephone wall mounting plate. You may need a professional to install the mounting plate. Tabletop to wall mount installation 1. 2. 3. 4. Unplug the power adapter from the power outlet. Unplug the telephone line cord from the wall jack (or DSL filter). Press down on the tabs on the wall mount bracket on the telephone base to detach it from tabletop orientation. Swivel the wall mount bracket down to wall mount position and push it into the telephone base until it clicks into place. Plug the telephone line cord (or DSL filter) into the wall jack. Plug the power adapter into a power outlet not controlled by a wall switch. Align the holes on the back of the telephone base with the wall mounting plate. 5. Slide the telephone base down until it locks securely. Bundle the telephone line cord and power adapter cord neatly with twist ties. 1 4 2 3 5 15 Getting started Installation options Wall mount to tabletop installation To change the telephone base from the wall mount position to tabletop position, follow the steps below. 1. 2. If the telephone line cord and power adapter cord are bundled, untie them first. Push the telephone base up to remove it from wall. Unplug the telephone line cord (or DSL filter) from the wall. Unplug the power adapter from the power outlet. 16 Bluetooth Introducing Bluetooth Your new AT&T TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 telephone system with Bluetooth wireless technology has the following features:

Pair up to four Bluetooth enabled devices (cell phones or headsets) with the telephone base. Connect a maximum of two cell phones to make and receive cell calls. Only one cell phone can be active on a call at a time. Connect a Bluetooth enabled headset for making and receiving line 1 or line 2 calls. Conference any combination of cell and line 1 or line 2 calls. Make and receive calls using your cell phone plan with your cordless system handsets. IMPORTANT INFORMATION After plugging in the telephone base, wait at least 20 seconds before connecting a Bluetooth device. The screen shows Bluetooth system busy if you try to connect too soon. Refer to the user's manual of your Bluetooth enabled cell phone or headset for more information about how that device uses Bluetooth connectivity. Bluetooth wireless technology operates within a short range (up to 30 feet) from the telephone base. Keep connected cell phones and headset within this range. If your cell phone has poor reception in your home, the TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 cannot improve the reception. However, if there is a location in your house with better reception, you can leave your cell phone at that location while you use the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 cell line. For optimal performance, the cell phone must be within 15 feet of the telephone base. Charge your cell phone while it is connected to the telephone base. Your cell phone's battery discharges faster while it is connected to the telephone base via Bluetooth wireless technology. Monitor your cell phone's usage because minutes may be deducted from your cellular plan for the duration of all cell calls, depending on the terms of your plan. Refer to the Bluetooth setup section (pages 19-29) to learn how to set up your Bluetooth device. Refer to the Telephone operation section

(pages 56-71) on how to operate your Bluetooth devices with your new AT&T TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 telephone system with Bluetooth wireless technology. Refer to the Troubleshooting section (pages 138-150) if you experience difficulty when using the telephone system. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Advanced American Telephones and its parent, VTech Holdings Limited, is under license. VTech Holdings Limited is a member of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 17 Bluetooth Glossary of terms Below are some terms used in this users manual to help you become familiar with using your Bluetooth devices and your new AT&T telephone system. Active devices - the Device list has two active slots for two cell phones, or one cell phone and one headset. When a device in the list is active it will have a D1: or D2: in front of the device name. In order to use a Bluetooth device on a call, it must be in an active slot and be connected. Bluetooth cell phone - refers to a mobile Bluetooth enabled cellular telephone. CELLULAR line - the telephone line associated with your cell phone service. On your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471, press CELL on the handset or CELLULAR on the base to use the cell line. Connected - when you pair a Bluetooth device to the TL96271/TL96371/

TL96471 it is placed in a active slot and automatically connected. When a device is connected a 1 and/ or 2 will display after on the handset screen and the DEVICE 1 and/or DEVICE 2 light on the telephone base will be on. If a device loses its connection to the telephone base, it must be reconnected before you can use the device with the TL96271. Disconnected -when a device is disconnected, 1 and/or 2 displays after on the handset screen and the DEVICE 1 and/or DEVICE 2 light on the

telephone base is off. Discoverable mode - before a Bluetooth enabled device can be paired, it must be set to this mode. When pairing your cell phone, the telephone base is set to this mode. Depending on the cell phone manufacturer, this mode is sometimes referred to as Find Me or Visibility. Paired devices - Bluetooth enabled devices (cell phones or headsets) that have shared registration information with the telephone base. A total of four Bluetooth enabled devices can be paired to the telephone base. However, only two paired devices can communicate with the base at a time. Pairing - sometimes referred to as bonding. The process of sharing registration information between two Bluetooth enabled devices. Your Bluetooth enabled cell phone or headset must first be paired to the telephone base in order to use it with this telephone system. PIN - by default, the PIN is 0000 for the telephone base and for most Bluetooth devices. PIN information must be exchanged between Bluetooth devices before they can be used. This is also known as a Passkey or Passcode. 18 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup To use a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with your telephone, you must first pair and connect your Bluetooth cellular phone with the telephone base. TheThe TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 can then be used to make or answer calls on the cell phone line. Bluetooth wireless technology operates within a short range (up to 30 feet). When you pair a Bluetooth cell phone or Bluetooth headset to the telephone base, keep the device within 15 feet of the telephone base for optimal performance. Add a cell phone Before you begin, make sure that you have cellular coverage and your Bluetooth enabled cell phone is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Refer to your cell phone user's manual to learn how to search for or add new Bluetooth devices. To pair and connect a cell phone:

1. 2. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose Add device. Press CID or DIR to highlight Add cellular, then press SELECT. The screen displays Please wait... followed by 1. If cell is connected to BT device, please disconnect it. Directory Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth BLUETOOTH SELECT BACK If there are already four paired devices on the device list, the 4th device on the device list will be automatically removed, regardless of whether the new device pairing is successful or not (page 27). If there are already two active devices on the device list with prefix D1: or D2:, the handset shows Only 2 devices can be ready for connection. You are prompted to deactivate an active device. Press NEXT. The screen displays 2. Place cell phone next to base. Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT ADD DEVICE Add cellular Add headset BACK SELECT Set cell to search base:

AT&T DECT 6.0 discoverable PIN:0000 All devices that are connected to the telephone base are disconnected until the pairing process is completed. Press NEXT to turn on the telephone base discoverable mode. The screen displays Set cell to search base: AT&T DECT 6.0 discoverable PIN:

0000. Promptly turn on the Bluetooth feature of your cell phone and search for or add new devices. 19 3. 4. 5. 6. Bluetooth Bluetooth setup 7. 8. 9. Adding Cell Phone A to device Your cell phone may require a passcode. In this case the handset screen displays Check cellular. ENTER PASS CODE. Enter the cell phone passcode into the handset and press SET to save. Enter the PIN of the telephone base (the default PIN is 0000) into your cell phone to continue the pairing process. The handset displays Adding Cell Phone A to device list... When a device is successfully connected, the handset displays Cell Phone A is added and connected to base. You hear a confirmation tone. The corresponding status icon ( 1 or 2) displays. The corresponding device light on the telephone base (DEVICE 1 or DEVICE 2) turns on. Cell Phone A is added and connected to base. list... If you have trouble pairing your cell phone, it may not be compatible with your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471. Check the Bluetooth compatibility list at www.telephones.att.com. NOTES:

The pairing process may take up to one minute. If the pairing process fails, try again. If you put the handset back in the telephone base or charger while pairing, the process is cancelled and the handset returns to idle mode. The steps for the pairing process may vary for different cell phones. If this happens, follow the prompts on your cell phone and your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 to complete the pairing process. Refer to the users manual of your cell phone on how to search for or add a new Bluetooth device. 20 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Add a headset Before you begin, make sure that your Bluetooth enabled headset is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Refer to your headset user's manual to learn how to search for or add new Bluetooth devices. To pair and connect a headset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose Add device. Press CID or DIR to highlight Add headset, then press SELECT. The screen displays Please wait... followed by If headset is connected to cell, please disconnect it. Press NEXT. If there is another headset already active, the screen will show Only 1 headset in device list can be ready for connection and prompt you to replace an existing paired device (page 27). When you already have two active devices, the handset shows Only 2 devices can be ready for connection. The telephone base will deactivate another headset from active slot automatically. Press NEXT. The screen displays Pls set headset to discoverable mode, then press NEXT. All devices that are connected to the telephone base are temporarily disconnected. The screen displays Searching for Bluetooth headsets... Set your headset to discoverable mode

(refer to the users manual of your headset). When the screen displays the found devices, press CID or DIR to highlight your headset and then press NEXT. Enter the PIN of your headset. The PIN for most Bluetooth devices is 0000 (refer to the users manual of your headset). Then press NEXT. 21 Directory Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth BACK SELECT BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DEVICE LIST Add cellular Add headset BACK SELECT Pls set headset to discoverable mode BACK NEXT Searching for Bluetooth headsets... FOUND DEVICES Headset A Headset B BACK SELECT ADD HEADSET ENTER PIN Active devices ____ BACK NEXT Bluetooth Bluetooth setup 9. 10. The screen will display Adding Headset A to device list... when the base is connecting to your headset. When a device is successfully connected, the handset displays Headset A is added and connected to base and the corresponding status icon ( 1 or 2). You hear a confirmation tone. The corresponding light on the telephone base (DEVICE 1 or DEVICE 2) turns on. Adding Headset A to device list... Headset A is added and connected If you have trouble pairing your headset, it may not be compatible with your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471. Check the Bluetooth compatibility list at www.telephones.att.com. to base. NOTES: The pairing process may take up to one minute. If the pairing process fails, try again. Auto connection An active device may be disconnected from the telephone base when:

The Bluetooth feature of your cell is turned off. The power of your device is turned off. Your Bluetooth device are not is not within range of the telephone base. When the Bluetooth or power on the device is turned on or it moves within range of the base, the base will try to reconnect to the Bluetooth device. If you disconnect the device through the device list, the base will not attempt to reconnect unless your device is moved out of range and back in range again 22 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Device list and connection Up to four devices can be paired to the telephone base. All paired devices are shown on the device list. To use a paired device, it must be in an active slot (DEVICE 1 or DEVICE 2) on the device list and connected. Only one Bluetooth cell phone or a headset can be on a call at a time. Once you have paired a device with the telephone base, you do not need to repeat the pairing procedure again unless you delete the device from the device list. NOTE: When connecting a Bluetooth device to the device list, all connected devices will be temporarily disconnected until the procedure is complete. It may take up to two minutes to reconnect. Review the active device list You can change the name of a paired device on the paired devices list. 1. 2. 3. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Device list, then press SELECT. Connect/disconnect an active device While in the active devices menu, you may connect or disconnect your active device. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Device list, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a device when necessary, then press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Connect/Disconnect

(whichever is applicable), then press SELECT. The handset displays Device connected/Device disconnected. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: When your active device is connected, you are prompted to select Disconnect. When your active device is disconnected, you are prompted to select Connect. Directory Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth BACK SELECT BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DEVICE LIST D1:Headset A D2:Cell Phone A Cell Phone B BACK SELECT HEADSET A Connect Remove Rename BACK SELECT 23 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Remove a paired device If you want to add another Bluetooth device and you already have the maximum of four devices on the paired devices list, you must first delete a device from the paired devices list. BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DEVICE LIST D1:Headset A D2:Cell Phone A Cell Phone B BACK OPTION Headset A Connect Remove Rename BACK SELECT Remove Headset A

BACK SELECT Device removed from device list 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. To remove a paired device:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Device list, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a selected device when necessary, then press DELETE/X.

-OR-

Press CID or DIR to highlight a selected device when necessary, then press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Remove, then press SELECT. The telephone base displays Remove Headset A?

Press YES to confirm. The telephone base displays Device removed from device list and you hear a confirmation tone. 24 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Rename a paired device You can change the name of a paired device on the paired devices list. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Device list, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a selected device when necessary, then press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Rename, then press SELECT. The screen displays ENTER NEW NAME. Use the dialing keys to edit the name (page 93). Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. 7. Press SAVE. The handset displays Device renamed. You hear a confirmation tone. BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DEVICE LIST D1:Headset A D2:Cell Phone A Cell Phone B BACK OPTION Headset A Connect Remove Rename BACK SELECT ENTER NEW NAME Headset A _ BACK SELECT 25 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Replace an active device If you already have two active devices on the device list and you want to activate a different device, you must deactivate one of the two active device. NOTE: When adding, removing, or replacing a Bluetooth device on the active devices list, all connected devices are temporarily disconnected until the procedure is complete. It may take up to two minutes to reconnect. To replace an active device:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Press MENU on the handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Device list, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight the device you want to activate, without a prefix D1: or D2:, then press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Connect, then press SELECT. The screen displays Only 2 devices can be ready for connection and then a list of devices for deactivation. Press CID or DIR to highlight the device to be deactivated, then press NEXT. The screen displays Cell Phone A is deactivated and you hear a confirmation tone. The screen then displays Connecting Cell Phone B to the base... Depending on your cell phone settings, you may need to press a key on your cell phone to confirm the connection. When the new device is successfully activated and connected, the screen displays Device connected. You hear a confirmation tone. BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DEVICE LIST D1:Headset A D2:Cell Phone A Cell Phone B BACK OPTION DEACTIVATE D1:Headset A D2:Cell Phone A BACK SELECT Connecting Cell Phone B to the base... DEVICE LIST D1:Cell Phone B D2:Cell Phone A Headset A BACK OPTION Bluetooth connection from idle mode When you have active devices that are not connected, CONNECT appears on the telephone base in idle mode. Press CONNECT to start connecting an active device. When there are two active devices, the screen will prompt you to choose one before connection. 26 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Download directory You can download up to four cell phone directories (phonebooks) to your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 telephone system via Bluetooth wireless technology. Each downloaded directory can store up to 1,500 entries with up to 30 digits for each phone number and 15 characters for each name. Before downloading a directory, make sure the cell phone is paired, active, and connected to your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471. Place your cell phone next to the telephone base when you download a cell phone directory to your TL96271/TL96371/TL96471. 2. 3. 4. To download a cell phone directory:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press Press CID or DIR to highlight Download dir, then press SELECT. If there is no cell phone paired to the system, the telephone base displays Device list is empty. Press OK to return to Bluetooth menu. Press CID or DIR to select a desired device when necessary, then press SELECT. If the selected device is active but disconnected, the handset displays Cellular phone not connected. Press CONNECT. Directory Caller ID log Intercom Bluetooth BACK SELECT BLUETOOTH Add device Device list Download dir BACK SELECT DOWNLOAD DIR D1:Cell Phone A D2:Cell Phone B BACK SELECT 5. Press CID or DIR to highlight one of the following options:

Phone memory - download all contacts stored in your phone memory. SIM card only - download all contacts stored in your SIM card. Phone and SIM - download all contacts stored in both your phone memory and SIM card. Press SELECT. During the download, the telephone base displays the progress. All cordless handsets display Downloading dir. Your cell phone may require a passcode. In this case the screen displays Check cellular. ENTER PASS CODE. Enter the cell phone passcode into the handset and press SET to save. 27 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup If the selected devices directory has already been downloaded to TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 before, the handset displays the last update date of your cell phone. The directory stored on the TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 for that cell phone will be erased and replaced with the current cell phone directory. If you have edited the downloaded entries

(page 96), those changes will be lost. Press NEXT to start the download, the screen displays Erasing directory... DOWNLOAD FROM Phone memory SIM card only Phone and SIM BACK SELECT Cell Phone A Downloading entry #0001 STOP If you already have four downloaded directories, the handset displays Memory is full. Replace existing directory? Press YES. Highlight the cell phone directory to be replaced and press SELECT. The screen displays Replace Cell Phone A directory? Press YES to confirm. entries saved OK Download ended BACK XXXX 6. When the downloading process is complete, the telephone base displays Download complete XXXX entries saved. Press OK to return to the Bluetooth menu. NOTES:

Certain cell phones do not support SIM card download. If this is the case, try transferring the contacts from your SIM card to your cell phone memory first, then download from your cell phone memory. For more information on how to transfer contacts from your SIM card to your cell phone memory, see the users manual of your cell phone. If Phone memory is chosen but with no entries saved, the handset displays No entries found. Download from SIM only? Press YES to confirm. If SIM card only is chosen but with no entries saved, the handset displays No entries found. Download from Phone only? Press YES to confirm. If Phone and SIM are chosen but with no entries saved in either or both directories, the handset display No entries found. Download from Phone only? Press YES to confirm. When downloading the directory from your Bluetooth enabled cell phone, some data may not transfer. For example, if you have home, mobile and work numbers for a particular contact, the three category descriptions may not transfer to your TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471. On certain cell phones, you may need to press a key to confirm the directory download. 28 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup setup Interruption to directory download If you are downloading a directory from a cell phone and the phone receives a call, the download process stops and all handsets display Download fail. When you try to view the downloaded directory, the handset displays Last download failed: MM/DD/YY. You need to download the directory again

(see page 27). When you are downloading a directory from a cell phone and you wish to stop the download process, you may press STOP. Then the telephone base displays Download directory cancelled. The telephone base displays Download fail when it returns to idle mode. NOTE: During the download process, do not attempt to make changes to your cell phone directory. View the directory download information 1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose the desired downloaded directory, then press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Last update, then press SELECT. The telephone base displays Cell phone A Last update: MM/DD/YY Total #XXXX.

-OR-

The telephone base displays Cell phone A Last download failed: MM/DD/YY if there was an interruption during that directory download. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT CELL PHONE A Cell area code Last update Remove DIR BACK SELECT CELL PHONE A Last download:

12/12/09 Total #0159 BACK OK 5. Press OK to exit. 29 Bluetooth Bluetooth setup Change PIN You are required to enter a PIN when establishing a Bluetooth connection. The default PIN of your telephone base is 0000. BLUETOOTH Device list Download dir Change PIN BACK SELECT To change the PIN:

1. ENTER NEW PIN Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Bluetooth, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Change PIN, then press SELECT. The telephone base displays ENTER NEW PIN and the existing PIN. Use the dialing keys to enter a new four-digit code. Press SET to save. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. BACK SET 2. 3. 4. 5.

30 Telephone settings Handset settings Ringer volume You can select the ringer volume for incoming calls on line 1, line 2 and the cell line. To adjust the handset ringer volume:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringers, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose Ringer volume. Press CID or DIR to select All lines, Home, Cell-D1 or Cell D2, then press SELECT to confirm. Press CID or DIR to adjust the ringer volume. A sample of each ringer volume plays as you scroll through the choices.

-OR-

Press OFF to turn off the ringer. The handset displays Ringer off. Press SET to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RINGERS Ringer volume Ringer tone BACK SELECT RINGERS VOLUME All lines Home Cell-D1 BACK SELECT RINGERS VOLUME OFF SET NOTES:

Changing the handset ringer volume does not affect base ringer volume. For more information on base ringer volume, see page 55. When the ringer volume for all calls (home and cellular) is set to off, a ringer off icon appears steady. When only one or two of the ringer volume settings are set to off, a flashes. ringer off icon The ringer volume level also determines the ringer levels of intercom calls (page 73). For the handsets that support voice announce setting, when the ringer is set as off, the screen displays Caller ID wont be announced. You hear a confirmation tone. 31 Telephone settings Handset settings Ringer tone You can select the ringer tones for the incoming home and cell calls. To select a ringer tone:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringers, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringer tone, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight All lines, Home, Cell-D1 or Cell-D2, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select a ringer tone. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RINGERS Ringer volume Ringer tone BACK SELECT RINGERS TONE All lines Home Cell-D1 BACK SELECT RINGERS TONE

Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 BACK SET NOTE: When you turn off the ringer volume, you will not hear ringer tone samples. 32 Telephone settings Handset settings Set date and time The answering system announces the day and time of each message prior to playing it. If you subscribe to caller ID service, the day, month and time are set automatically with each incoming call. If you do not want to set the date and time automatically with caller ID information, turn this feature off (see Use caller ID to automatically set date and time on page 38). However, the year must be correct so that the day of the week can be calculated from the caller ID information. Before using the answering system, set the date and time as follows. After handset registration or a power failure, the handset will prompt you to set the date and time (see page 13). To set the date and time:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. BACK SELECT SET DATE Intercom Bluetooth Ringers Set date/time Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Set date/time, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select the month, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (01-12) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the day, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (01-31) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the year, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (00-99) using the dialing keys

(0-9),then press SET. Press CID or DIR to select the hour, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (01-12) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the minute, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (00-59) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to highlight AM or PM, or press 2 for AM or 7 for PM. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 09/30/10 MM/DD/YY SET TIME 05:41PM BACK BACK SET SET NOTE: If the date and time are not set when a message is recorded, the system announces, Time and day not set, before each message plays. 33 Telephone settings Handset settings Settings In the settings menu, you can change and edit the settings for LCD language, display alerts, CID time synchoronization, handset name, key tone, dial mode and voice announce caller ID. LCD language You can select English, Franais or Espaol to be used in all screen displays. To select a language:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose LCD language. Press CID or DIR to choose from English, Franais or Espaol, then press SET to save You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT LCD LANGUAGE

English Francais Espanol

, BACK SET 34 Telephone settings Handset settings Display alerts In the display alerts menu, you can change and edit the settings for display of alerts on the idle screen. Missed call indicator When there are missed calls that have not been reviewed in the caller ID log, the handsets show XX Missed calls. Each time you review a caller ID log entry marked NEW, the number of missed calls decreases by one. When you have reviewed all the missed calls, the missed calls indicator removes. If you do not want to review the missed calls one by one, you can reset the missed call indicator. All the entries are then considered old and kept in the caller ID log. To reset the missed call indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home line or Cell line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Missed calls, press SELECT to confirm. The screen displays Reset missed call indication? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT HOME ALERTS Missed calls Voicemail No line BACK SELECT You can also press and hold indicator when the telephone is not in use. OFF/CANCEL to erase the missed call 35 Telephone settings Handset settings Voicemail indicator If you subscribe to voicemail service offered by your telephone service provider, New voicemail and new voicemail messages. Contact your telephone service provider for more information and assistance about using your voicemail service.. appear on the handsets when you have After you have listened to all new voicemail messages, the indicators on the handsets turn off automatically. Reset the voicemail indicators when the telephone indicates that there is new voicemail but there is none (for example, when you have accessed your voicemail while away from home). Clearing the voicemail waiting indicators only turns off the indicators; it does not delete your voicemail messages. As long as you have new voicemail messages, your telephone service provider continues to send the signal to turn on the indicators. To reset the voicemail indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Voicemail, press SELECT. The handset displays Reset voicemail indication?

Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTES:

HOME ALERTS Missed calls Voicemail No line BACK SELECT DISPLAY ALERTS Home line Cell line BACK SELECT Your telephone service provider might alert you to new voicemail messages with a stutter (broken) dial tone. Contact your telephone service provider for more details. For more information about the difference between your answering system and voicemail, see page 118. 36 Telephone settings Handset settings No line If there is no telephone line connected to the telephone base, the handsets show No home line. If you do not want to display the message on the handset screens (for example, if you use the cell line only), you can turn off the no line alert. To reset the missed call indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. HOME ALERTS Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight No line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose On or Off, then press SET to save. When you choose the handset displays If the line is not connected, an alert will not appear. You hear a confirmation tone. BACK BACK Missed calls Voicemail No line NO LINE ALERT

On Off SET SELECT Download fail If the directory download process is interrupted, the handsets display Download fail. You can reset the download fail indication on the handset. To reset the voicemail indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Cell line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Download fail, then press SELECT. The handset displays Reset download failure indication?

Press YES to confirm. The handset displays If the line is not connected, an alert will not appear. You hear a confirmation tone. Missed calls Download fail download failure Reset BACK YES NO indication?

CELL ALERTS SELECT You can also press and hold indicator when the telephone is not in use. OFF/CANCEL to erase the download fail 37 Telephone settings Handset settings Use caller ID to automatically set date and time If you subscribe to caller ID service, the date and time will be set automatically by the caller ID information. You can turn off this feature if you want to set the date and time manually. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync 1. 2. 3. 4. BACK SELECT Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select CID time sync, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. CID TIME SYNC

On Off BACK SET Rename handset You can change the name of each handset, the new name of each handset cannot exceed 11 characters. To rename a handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset when it is not use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Rename handset, then press SELECT. The screen displays RENAME HANDSET. Use the dialing keys to edit the name. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID to move the cursor to the right or DIR to the left. 5. Press SAVE. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS Display alerts CID time sync Rename handset BACK SELECT RENAME HANDSET Room A _ _ _ _ _ BACK SAVE Room A 1 12:31PM 12/31 MENU 38 Telephone settings Handset settings Key tone The handset is set to beep with each key press. If you turn off the key tone, there are no beeps when you press keys. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Key tone, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to adjust the key tone volume, then press SET to save.

-OR-

Press OFF to turn off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. Dial mode SETTINGS CID time sync Rename handset Key tone BACK SELECT KEY TONE VOLUME OFF SET The dial mode is preset to tone dialing. If you have pulse (rotary) service, you must change the dial mode to pulse dialing before using the telephone. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Dial mode, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose Tone or Pulse, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS Rename handset Key tone Dial mode BACK SELECT DIAL MODE

Tone Pulse BACK SET 39 Telephone settings Handset settings Voice announce caller ID You can set your handset and/or telephone base to announce the caller ID information for incoming calls. The voice announce caller ID setting is independent for each handset and telephone base. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID Annc, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Handset or Base, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE:

When there are up to five handsets registered, the telephone system supports caller ID announce for the telephone base and all handsets. If six or more handsets are registered, the system supports caller ID announce for the first four registered handsets only. If the phone number of the incoming call match the last 7 digits of a directory entry, the name will be announced as it appears in the entry. The phone number will be announced when the name is unknown, private or not provided. Only the last 11 numbers of a phone number is announced. No information will be announced if both the name and number are private, unknown or not provided. This feature is not supported with headsets. This feature does not announce information for call waiting calls. If both home and cell lines are ringing, only the caller ID information of the first ringing line will be announced. The voice announce caller ID feature is available in English only. If you set the number of rings as 3 rings (page 118), the answering system may not have enough time to announce the callers full information. Website You can use this feature to view the AT&T website address. 1. 2. 3. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Website, then press SELECT. The handset screen shows the AT&T website address. Press OK to exit. 40 Telephone settings Handset settings Home area code If you dial seven digits to make a local call (area code not required), enter your area code into the telephone as the home area code. When you receive a call from within your home area code, the caller ID history only displays the seven digits of the telephone number. This feature makes it easy for you to place a call from the caller ID log. If you dial 10 digits to make a local phone call, do not use this home area code feature. If you do, you cannot place local calls from your caller ID log, as they will have only seven digits. To set the home area code:

HOME AREA CODE

SET 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press OPTION to choose Home. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home area code, then press SELECT. The screen displays Only for 7 digits dialing from Caller ID log. Use the dialing keys to enter the desired home area code. Press SET to save. The handset displays Area code will not show in Caller ID log. You hear a confirmation tone. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID to move the cursor to the right or DIR to the left. BACK NOTE: If, in the future, your telephone service provider requires you to dial 10 digits to make a local call (area code + telephone number), you will need to delete your home area code. With the home area code displayed, press and hold MUTE/DELETE, and then press SET. The home area code is now restored to its default setting of _ _ _ (empty). 41 Telephone settings Handset settings Cell area code Most cell phone entries are stored in a 10-digit format. If all of your cell phone entries are stored this way, you do not need to program your cell area code. If your cell phone stores entries in a 7-digit format, we recommend that you program your cell area code so that your 7-digit directory entries can be dialed correctly using your home line. To set the cell area code:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a desired downloaded directory, then press OPTION. Press SELECT to choose Cell area code. The handset displays Only for 7 digits dialing from Caller ID log. Use the dialing keys to enter the desired cell area code. Press SELECT to confirm. The handset screen displays Area code will not show in Caller ID log. You hear a confirmation tone. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press CID to move the cursor to the right or DIR to the left. 42 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.

-OR-

2.

-OR-

Telephone settings Telephone base settings Ringer volume You can select the ringer volume for incoming calls on home line and the cell line. To adjust the telephone base ringer volume:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringers, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose Ringer volume. Press CID or DIR to select All lines, Home, Cell-D1 or Cell-D2, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to adjust the ringer volume. A sample of each ringer volume plays as you scroll through the choices.

-OR-

Press OFF to turn off the ringer. The telephone base displays Ringer off. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. RINGERS Ringer volume Ringer tone BACK SELECT RINGER VOLUME All lines Home Cell-D1 BACK SELECT RINGER VOLUME Active devices OFF SET VOLUME Press to set the ringer volume while the telephone base is in idle mode to set the ringer volume for all lines. Press SET to confirm and you hear a confirmation tone. Press OFF to silence the ringer volume, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTES:

Changing the handset ringer volume does not affect base ringer volume. For more information on base ringer volume, see page 55. When the ringer volume for all calls (home and cellular) is set to off, a ringer off icon appears steady. When only one or two of the ringer volume settings are set to off, a flashes. ringer off icon The ringer volume level also determines the ringer levels of intercom calls (page 73). For the handsets that support voice announce setting, when the ringer is set as off, the screen displays Caller ID wont be announced. You hear a confirmation tone. 43 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Ringer tone You can select the ringer tones for incoming calls on home and the cell line. To select a ringer tone:

1. 2. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringers, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ringer tone, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select All lines, Home, Cell-D1 or Cell-D2, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select a ringer tone. A sample of each ringer tone plays as you scroll through the choices. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. RINGERS Ringer volume Ringer tone All lines Home Cell-D1 RINGER TONE BACK BACK SELECT SELECT 3. 4. 5. 6. RINGER TONE NOTE: If you turn off the ringer volume, you do not hear ringer tone samples.

Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 BACK SET LCD language You can select English, Franais or Espaol to be used in all screen displays. To select a language:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press SELECT to choose LCD language. Press CID or DIR to choose from English, Franais or Espaol, then press the SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS LCD Language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT LCD LANGUAGE

English Francais Espanol

, BACK SET 44 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Display alerts The display alerts settings allow you to change the settings of the indicators for missed calls, voicemail, no line alert and download failure notification. Missed call indicator When there are missed calls that have not been reviewed in the caller ID log, the handsets show XX Missed calls. Each time you review a caller ID log entry marked NEW, the number of missed calls decreases by one. When you have reviewed all the missed calls, the missed calls indicator removes. If you do not want to review the missed calls one by one, you can reset the missed call indicator. All the entries are then considered old and kept in the caller ID log. To reset the missed call indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home line or Cell line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Missed calls, press SELECT to confirm. The screen displays Reset missed call indication? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. You can also press and hold missed call indicator when the telephone is not in use. OFF/CANCEL to erase the DISPLAY ALERTS Home line Cell line BACK SELECT HOME ALERTS Missed calls Voicemail No line BACK SELECT Reset missed call indication?

YES NO 45 Telephone settings Telephone base settings appear on the cordless handset and telephone If you subscribe to voicemail service offered by your telephone service provider, Voicemail and base when you have new voicemail messages. Contact your telephone service provider for more information and assistance about using your voicemail service. This feature only works on the voicemail associated with home line, not the cell line. After you have listened to all new voicemail messages, the indicators on the handset and telephone base turn off automatically. Use the clear voicemail feature when the telephone indicates that there is new voicemail but there is none (for example, when you have accessed your voicemail while away from home). Clearing the voicemail waiting indicator only turns off the indicators; it does not delete your voicemail messages. As long as you have new voicemail messages, your telephone service provider continues to send signals that turn on the indicators. To clear the voicemail indication manually:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Voicemail, then press the SELECT. The screen shows Reset voicemail indication? Press YES to turn the voicemail indication off. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT DISPLAY ALERTS Home line Cell line BACK SELECT HOME ALERTS Missed calls Voicemail No line BACK SELECT Reset voicemail indication?

NOTES:

Your telephone service provider might alert you to new voicemail messages with a stutter (broken) dial tone. Contact your telephone service provider for more details. For more information about the difference between your answering system and voicemail, see page 122. YES NO 46 Telephone settings Telephone base settings No line If there is no telephone line connected to the telephone base, the handsets show No home line. If you do not want to display the message on the handset screens (for example, if you use the cell line only), you can turn off the no line alert. To turn the line alert indicator on or off:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight No line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select On or Off, then press the SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Download fail SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT DISPLAY ALERTS Home line Cell line BACK SELECT HOME ALERTS Missed calls Voicemail No line BACK SELECT NO LINE ALERTS

On Off BACK SET If the directory download process is interrupted, the handsets display Download fail. You can reset the download fail indication on the handset. To reset the voicemail indicator:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on the telephone base when in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Display alerts, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Cell line, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Download fail, then press SELECT. Thescreen displays Reset download failure indication?

Press YES to confirm. The screen displays If the line is not connected, an alert will not appear. You hear a confirmation tone. OFF/CANCEL to erase the You can also press and hold download fail indicator when the telephone is not in use. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT DISPLAY ALERTS Home line Cell line BACK SELECT CELL ALERTS Missed calls Download fail BACK SELECT Reset download failure indication?

YES NO 47 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Use caller ID to automatically set date and time If you subscribe to caller ID service, the date and time will be set automatically by the caller ID information. You can turn off this feature if you want to set the date and time manually. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight CID time sync, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS LCD language Display alerts CID time sync BACK SELECT CID TIME SYNC

On Off BACK SET Rename base You can change the name of the telephone base, the new name of the telephone base cannot exceed 11 characters. To rename the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Rename base, then press SELECT. The screen displays RENAME BASE Use the dialing keys to edit the name. Press DELETE/X to erase a character. Press SAVE. You hear a confirmation tone. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. SETTINGS Display alerts CID time sync Rename base BACK SELECT RENAME BASE ROOM A_ _ _ _ _ BACK SAVE 48 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Key tone The telephone base is set to beep with each key press. If you turn off the key tone, there are no beeps when you press keys. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Key tone, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to adjust the key tone volume. You hear a sample of each key tone volume while adjusting. Press SET to save your preference.

-OR-

Press OFF to turn off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS CID time sync Rename base Key tone BACK SELECT KEY TONE VOLUME Active devices OFF SET 49 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Set date and time Intercom Bluetooth Ringers Set date/time BACK SELECT SET DATE Active devices The answering system announces the day and time of each message prior to playing it. If you subscribe to caller ID service, the day, month and time are set automatically with each incoming call. If you do not want to set the date and time automatically with caller ID information, turn this feature off (see Use caller ID to automatically set date and time on page 38). However, the year must be correct so that the day of the week can be calculated from the caller ID information. Before using the answering system, set the date and time as follows. After registration or a power failure, the telephone base will prompt you to set the date and time (see page 13). To set the date and time:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. BACK SET 01/01/11 MM/DD/YY 06:08 PM SET TIME Active devices Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Set date/time, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select the month, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (01-12) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the day, then press SET, or enter the two-

digit number (01-31) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the year, then press SET, or enter the two-

digit number (00-99) using the dialing keys (0-9), then press SET. Press CID or DIR to select the hour, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (01-12) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to select the minute, then press SET, or enter the two-digit number (00-59) using the dialing keys (0-9). Press CID or DIR to highlight AM or PM, or press 2 for AM or 7 for PM. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SET BACK NOTE: If the date and time are not set when a message is recorded, the system announces, Time and day not set, before each message plays. 50 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Use caller ID to automatically set date and time If you subscribe to caller ID service, the date and time will be set automatically by the caller ID information. You can turn off this feature if you want to set the date and time manually. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select CID time sync, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to select On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. SETTINGS LCD language Rename base CID time sync BACK SELECT CID TIME SYNC

On Off BACK SET Dial mode The dial mode is preset to tone dialing. If you have pulse (rotary) service, you must change the dial mode to pulse dialing before using the telephone. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Dial mode, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose Tone or Pulse, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: While you are on a call in pulse dialing mode, press TONE to temporarily change to tone dialing mode. SETTINGS Rename base Key tone Dial mode BACK SELECT DIAL MODE

Tone Pulse BACK SET 51 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Voice announce caller ID You can set your telephone base to announce the caller ID information for incoming calls. The voice announce caller ID setting is independent for each handset and telephone base. To change the setting:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Settings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID Annc, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Handset or Base, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTES:

When there are up to five handsets registered, the telephone system supports caller ID announce for the telephone base and all handsets. If six or more handsets are registered, the system supports caller ID announce for the first four registered handsets only. If the phone number of the incoming call matches the last 7 digits of a directory entry, the name will be announced as it appears in the entry. The phone number will be announced when the name is unknown, private or not provided. Only the last 11 digits of a phone number is announced. No information will be announced if both the name and number are private, unknown or not provided. This feature is not supported with headsets. This feature does not announce information for call waiting calls. If both home and cell lines are ringing, only the caller ID information of the first ringing line will be announced. The voice announce caller ID feature is available in English only. If you set the number of rings for the answering system as 3 rings (page 118), the answering system may not have enough time to announce the callers full information. Website You can use this feature to view the AT&T website address for product support or accessory purchasing. 1. 2. 3. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Website, then press SELECT. The screen shows the AT&T website address. Press OK to exit. Bluetooth Ringers Set date/time Website BACK SELECT www.telephones

.att.com OK 52 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Home area code If you dial seven digits to make a local call (area code not required), enter your area code into the telephone as the home area code. When you receive a call from within your home area code, the caller ID history only displays the seven digits of the telephone number. This feature makes it easy for you to place a call from the caller ID log. If you dial 10 digits to make a local phone call, do not use this home area code feature. If you do, you cannot place local calls from your caller ID log, as they will have only seven digits. To set the home area code:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press OPTION to choose Home. Press CID or DIR to highlight Home area code, then press SELECT. The screen displays Only for 7 digits dialing from Caller ID log. Use the dialing keys to enter the desired home area code. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT DIRECTORY Home Cell phone A Cell phone OPTION REVIEW HOME Add contact Home area code BACK SELECT HOME AREA CODE Active devices 6. Press SET to save. The handset displays Area code will not show in Caller ID log. You hear a confirmation tone. ___ BACK SET NOTE: If, in the future, your telephone service provider requires you to dial 10 digits to make a local call (area code + telephone number), you will need to delete your home area code. With the home area code displayed, press and hold DELETE/X, and then press SET. The home area code is now restored to its default setting of _ _ _ (empty). 53 Telephone settings Telephone base settings Cell area code If you have downloaded a directory from your cell phone, you may need to set your cell area code in order to dial a number from your downloaded directory correctly. Most cell phone entries are stored in a 10-digit format. If all of your cell phone entries are stored this way, you do not need to program your cell area code. If your cell phone stores entries in a 7-digit format, we recommend that you program your cell area code so that your 7-digit directory entries can be dialed correctly using your land lines. To set the cell area code:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a desired downloaded directory, then press OPTION. Press SELECT to choose Cell area code. The screen displays Only for 7 digits dialing from Caller ID log. Use the dialing keys to enter the desired cell area code. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. 6. Press SET to save. The handset screen displays Area code will not show in Caller ID log. You hear a confirmation tone. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT DIRECTORY Home Cell phone A Cell phone B OPTION REVIEW CELL PHONE A Cell area code Last update Remove DIR BACK SET CELL AREA CODE Active devices ___ BACK SET 54 Telephone settings Telephone settings Telephone base ringer volume Press VOLUME on the telephone base to adjust the ringer volume when the telephone is not in use. When you set the ringer volume to zero, the base ringer is off and the system announces, Base ringer is off. Press /VOLUME during an incoming call to mute the ringer temporarily. Answering system settings Go to Answering system settings starting on page 114 for instructions on how to use a system handset to modify the answering system settings shown below. Setting Answer on/off Announcement (play, record and delete) Call screening Number of rings Remote access code Message alert tone Recording time Page 113 114-116 117 118 119 120 121 55 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Make, answer or end a home call Using a cordless handset:

To make a home call:

Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER, then enter the telephone number. To predial a home call:

Enter the telephone number, then press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER. To answer a home call:

Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER. To end a home call:

Press OFF/CANCEL or put the handset in the telephone base or charger. NOTES:

The screen shows the elapsed time as you talk (in hours, minutes and seconds). When predialing (preview numbers before dialing), press MUTE/DELETE to backspace and delete; press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). You cannot answer a home call using your connected cell phone. Using the telephone base:

To make a home call:

Press HOME on the telephone base, then enter the telephone number. To predial a home call:

Enter the telephone number, then press HOME. To answer a home call:

Press HEADSET or HOME. To end a call a home call:

Press HOME, or the corresponding line button to end the call. NOTES:

The screen shows the elapsed time as you talk (in hours, minutes and seconds). When predialing (preview numbers before dialing), press DELETE/X to backspace and delete; press the REDIAL/PAUSE softkey to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). 56 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Using a Bluetooth headset:

You can use a Bluetooth headset on home calls. However, you need to keep the device within 15 feet of the telephone base for optimal performance. Please see the users manual of your Bluetooth headset for more information. To answer a home call using a Bluetooth headset:

Press HEADSET on the telephone base or the call key on your headset. To end a home call:

Press HEADSET , or the call key on your headset. To transfer a call from the telephone base to a Bluetooth headset:

Press HEADSET , then press SELECT to choose the headset. The telephone base displays Transferring audio to Headset A. To transfer a call from the Bluetooth headset back to the handset:

Press HOME. NOTES:

If you answer a call using a Bluetooth headset, and you lose the Bluetooth connection or the battery is depleted, the call is lost. When you try to use a Bluetooth headset that is not connected to the base, the telephone base displays Bluetooth headset not connected. Press CONNECT to connect your headset to the telephone system. Refer to Bluetooth connection from idle mode on page 26 and Connect/disconnect an active device on page 23. While using the cell line, you cannot choose Use BT headset. 57 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Call waiting on home call If you subscribe to call waiting service from your telephone service provider, you hear a tone if someone calls while you are already on a call. Press HOME/FLASH on the handset, or press FLASH on the telephone base to put your current call on hold and take the new call. Press base at any time to switch back and forth between calls. HOME/FLASH on the handset, or press FLASH on the telephone Make, answer or end a cell call You can connect a maximum of two Bluetooth enabled cell phones to the telephone base, but only one cell phone can be used on a cell call at a time. The TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 can be used to make or answer calls on the cell phone line. Using a cordless handset:

To make a cell call:

Enter the telephone number, then press CELLULAR.

-OR-

Press CELLULAR. Enter the telephone number, then press DIAL. 1. 2. If you have only one cell phone connected to the telephone base, it is automatically selected to make cell calls. If you have two cell phones connected to the telephone base, the telephone system prompts you to select a cell phone before you make a cell call. To answer a cell call:

Press CELLULAR. To end a cell call:

Press OFF/CANCEL or put the handset in the charger. NOTES:

You can also use your cell phone to answer the call. If you answer with your cell phone, it disconnects from the telephone base. When you try to make a cell call but your cell phone is not connected to the base, the cordless handset displays No cellular is ready for connection Press CONNECT to connect your cell phone to the telephone system. Refer to Bluetooth connection from idle mode on page 26 and Connect/disconnect an active device on page 23. 58 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Using the telephone base:

To make a cell call:

1. 2. Press CELLULAR, then enter the telephone number. Press DIAL. Enter the telephone number, then press CELLULAR To predial a cell call:

If you have only one cell phone connected to the telephone base, it is automatically selected to make cell calls. If you have two cell phones connected to the telephone base, the telephone system prompts you to select a cell phone before you make a cell call. To answer a cell call:

To end a cell call:

Press CELLULAR Press CELLULAR

. NOTES:

You can also use your cell phone to answer the call. If you answer with your cell phone, it disconnects from the telephone base. If you do not want to answer the call, press REJECT. When you try to make a cell call but your cell phone is not connected to the base, the telephone base displays Cellular phone not connected. Press CONNECT to connect your cell phone to the telephone system. Refer to Bluetooth connection from idle mode on page 26 and Connect/disconnect an active device on page 23. Call waiting on the cell line If you subscribe to call waiting service from your cell phone service provider, you hear a beep if someone calls while you are already on a call. Using a cordless handset:

Press CELLULAR on the handset to put your current call on hold and take the new call. Press CELLULAR on the handset at any time to switch back and forth between calls.

-OR-

Press SWAP to switch. To switch back, press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Swap, then press SELECT. Using the telephone base:

Press SWAP on the telephone base. The original call is put on hold and you can take the new call. Press OPTION on the telephone base. Press CID or DIR to highlight Swap. Press SELECT to resume the original call. The other incoming cell call is put on hold. 59 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Answer an incoming cell call while on a home call If you are on a home call and you receive an incoming cell call, you hear a beep and base and all other handsets ring. 2 displays on the handset you are using. The telephone 1 or To answer the incoming cell call:

Using a cordless handset:

Press CELLULAR on the handset. The home call is automatically placed on hold and all other handsets display Home call on hold and Cell line in use alternately. Using the telephone base:

Press CELLULAR on the telephone base. The home call is automatically placed on hold and all other handsets display Home call on hold and Cell line in use alternately. To end the cell call:

Using a cordless handset:

Press OFF/CANCEL on the handset. The home line is still on hold. All handsets display Home call on hold. Using the telephone base:

Press CELLULAR on the telephone base. The home line is still on hold. All handsets display Home call on hold. To resume the home call on hold:

Using a cordless handset:

Press HOME/FLASH on the handset off hold. Using the telephone base:

Press FLASH on the telephone base. NOTE: If you have voicemail service active on your cell phone, and you do not answer the incoming cell call, the call is answered by your cell phones voicemail. Contact your cell phone service provider for more information about voicemail service. 60 Telephone operation Make, answer and end a call Answer a home call while on a cell call If you are on a cell call and you receive an incoming home call, you hear a beep and all other handsets will ring. displays on the handset you are using. The telephone base and To answer the incoming home call:

Using a cordless handset:

Press HOME/FLASH on the handset. The cell call is automatically placed on hold and all other handsets display Cell call on hold and Home line in use alternately. Using the telephone base:

Press HOME on the telephone base for the ringing line. The cell call is automatically placed on hold. The cordless handset displays Cell call on hold and Home line in use alternately. To end the home call:

Using a cordless handset:

Press OFF/CANCEL on the handset. The cell line is still on hold. All handsets display Cell call on hold. Using the telephone base:

Press CELLULAR on the telephone base. The cell line is still on hold. The telephone base and handsets display Cell call on hold. To resume the cell call on hold:

Using a cordless handset:

Press CELLULAR on the handset. Using the telephone base:

Press CELLULAR on the telephone base. NOTE: If you have turned on your answering system and you do not answer the incoming home call, the call is answered by your answering system. 61 Telephone operation Conference calls Conference home and cell calls When you have calls established on the home and cell lines, you can create a three-way conference. To conference both home and cell calls:

1. 2. 3. Press OPTION on the handset or telephone base. Press CID or DIR to highlight Conference. Press SELECT. The conferencing handset and telephone screen displays Lines now in conference. To select an option while on a conference call:

1. 1. Press OPTION on the handset or telephone base. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following options:

Press SELECT. End Home line End Cell line End Conference Directory Caller ID log 3. To end a conference call:

Press OFF/CANCEL or put the handset back in the telephone base or charger.

-OR-

Press OPTION on the handset or telephone base. Then press CID or DIR on the handset or telephone base to highlight End Conference. Press SELECT to end the conference. Using the home and cell lines together:

You can be on two different calls using the cell line and home line at the same time using two handsets. You cannot be on a call using the cell line and a Bluetooth headset via the home line at the same time. These are both Bluetooth devices and only one can be used at a time. If you are on a call using the cell line, you cannot join the call using your paired cell phone. However, you can join the call using another TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 handset. Your cell phone is being used for the phone call so only features that are normally available during a call can be used. 62 Telephone operation Options while on calls Speakerphone Using a cordless handset:

During a call, press /SPEAKER on the handset to switch between the speakerphone and cordless handset. Using the telephone base:

Press HOME on the telephone base. Press CELLULAR on the telephone base. Volume control While on a call, you can adjust the listening volume on the handset or telephone base. If this is a cell call and the volume is too loud, too quiet or drops out, try changing the volume on your cell phone. On some cell phones, changing the volume on the cell phone effects your cell call volume on the TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 cordless handsets. To adjust the listening volume of a cordless handset:

Press /VOLUME or VOLUME/ on the handset while on a call. To adjust the listening volume of the telephone base:

on the telephone base while on a call. Press VOLUME NOTE: The handset earpiece volume setting (1-6) and speakerphone volume setting

(1-6) are independent. The speakerphone volume setting of the telephone base (1-8) is also independent. Silencing the ringer When the telephone is ringing, you can temporarily silence the ringer of the handset or telephone base without disconnecting the call. The next call rings normally at the preset volume. To silence the handset ringer:

Press SILENCE, Ringer muted appears. OFF/CANCEL or MUTE/DELETE on the handset and 63 Telephone operation Options while on calls To silence the base ringer:

Press SILENCE. Ringer muted appears.

-OR-

Press MUTE. The telephone base displays Ringer muted. Mute Use the mute function to turn off the microphone. You can hear the caller, but the caller does not hear you. To mute a call:

While on a call, press MUTE/DELETE on the handset, or press MUTE on the telephone base. When mute is on, the handset and telephone base show Microphone off for a few seconds and the MUTE icon appears until the mute function is turned off. To take a call off mute:

Press MUTE/DELETE on the handset, or press MUTE on the telephone base and resume speaking. When mute is off, Microphone on appears temporarily on the handset and telephone base. Mute is automatically canceled when you end the call. Temporary tone dialing If you have pulse (rotary) service only, you can switch from pulse to touch-tone dialing temporarily during a call. This is useful if you need to send touch-tone signals to access your telephone banking or long distance services. During a call:

1. 2. 3. Press TONE on the handset or telephone base. Use the dialing keys to enter the relevant number. The telephone sends touch-tone signals. The telephone automatically returns to pulse dialing mode after you end the call. 64 Telephone operation Options while on calls Hold You can place any call on hold. You hear an alert tone at the telephone base if you have not taken the call off of hold after 14 minutes. You hear another alert tone at the telephone base 30 seconds later. At 15 minutes on hold, the call on hold automatically disconnects. To place a home call on hold:

Press HOLD on the handset or telephone base. Home call on hold appears on the handsets and telephone base. HOME/FLASH flashes on the handsets and HOME on the telephone base flashes. To resume a home call on hold:

Press HOME/FLASH on handsets and HOME on the telephone base. To place a cell call on hold:

Press HOLD on the handset or telephone base. Cell call on hold appears on the handsets and telephone base. CELLULAR on the handsets and on the telephone base flash. To resume a cell call on hold:

Press CELLULAR. on the handset or telephone base. Equalizer The equalizer feature on the handset enables you to change the quality of the handset audio to best suit your hearing. While on a call, or listening to a message or announcement, press EQ to select the equalizer setting Treble 1, Treble 2, Bass or Natural (the default setting) for the handset. The current setting is shown on the handset for two seconds. NOTES:

The equalizer feature does not apply to the speakerphone on the telephone base or the connected Bluetooth headset. If you switch the call between the handset and speakerphone by pressing /SPEAKER, the audio setting remains unchanged. The current equalizer setting remains unchanged until a new setting is selected. 65 Telephone operation Options while on calls Chain dialing Use this feature to initiate a dialing sequence from numbers stored in the directory, caller ID log or redial while you are on a call. Chain dialing can be useful if you wish to access other numbers (such as bank account numbers or access codes) from the directory, caller ID log or redial list. To access a number in the directory while on a call:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight to the desired entry or perform an alphabetical search (page 95). Press DIAL to dial the displayed number. 5. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight to the desired entry or perform an alphabetical search (page 95). Press DIAL to dial the displayed number. 5. 66 Telephone operation Options while on calls To access a number in the caller ID log while on a call:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID log, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to scroll to the desired entry. Press DIAL to dial the displayed number. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID log, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to scroll to the desired entry. Press DIAL to dial the displayed number. To access the redial list while on a call:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press REDIAL/PAUSE. Press CID , DIR, or REDIAL/PAUSE until the desired number displays, then press DIAL to dial the displayed number. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. Press REDIAL/PAUSE. Press CID, DIR, or REDIAL/PAUSE until the desired number displays, then press DIAL to dial the displayed number. NOTES:

You cannot edit a directory entry while on a call. For more details about the directory, see page 88. You cannot copy a caller ID log entry into the directory while on a call. For more details about caller ID log, see page 88. You can only view the numbers in the directory, caller ID log or redial list while on a call and cannot edit, delete or save entries. Press BACK or base to exit redial list, directory or caller ID log while on a call. OFF/CANCEL on the handset, or BACK or CANCEL on the telephone 67 Telephone operation Redial Each handset and telephone base stores the last 20 dialed numbers (up to 30 digits each) on the redial list. The redial entries of each handset and the telephone base are independent. Review the redial list To review the redial list of a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press REDIAL/PAUSE in idle mode. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse the list. The handset beeps twice at the end of the list. Press OFF/CANCEL to exit. To review the redial list of the telephone base:

1. 2. Press REDIAL in idle mode. Press CID, DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse the list. The telephone base beeps twice at the end of the list. Press CANCEL to exit. Dial a redial entry To dial a redial entry of a cordless handset:

1. Press HOME/FLASH, or /SPEAKER to use the home line, or CELLULAR to use the cell line. Then press REDIAL/PAUSE to enter the redial list. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. The handset beeps twice at the end of the list. Press DIAL to dial the number displayed. 2. 3. You can also select a redial entry before dialing. 1. 2. Press REDIAL/PAUSE in idle mode. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. The handset beeps twice at the end of the list. Press HOME/FLASH, or /SPEAKER to use the home line, or 3. CELLULAR to use the cell line. 68 Telephone operation Redial To dial a redial entry of the telephone base:

1. Press HOME to use the home line, or 2. CELLULAR to use the cell line. Then press REDIAL/PAUSE to enter the redial list. Press CID, DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse and then press DIAL to dial the number displayed. You can also select a redial entry before dialing. 1. 2. Press REDIAL in idle mode. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. The telephone base beeps twice at the end of the list. Press HOME to use the home line, or CELLULAR to use the cell line. 3. Save a redial entry to the directory Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Press REDIAL/PAUSE in idle mode. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. Press SAVE. The handset displays EDIT NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to edit the number, if necessary. Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The handset displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys

(page 91) to enter a name. Press SAVE and then Saved displays. You hear a confirmation tone. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Home Cell Work Other 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 69 Telephone operation Redial Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Press REDIAL in idle mode. Press CID, DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. Press SAVE. The handset displays EDIT NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to edit the number, if necessary. Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The handset displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys

(page 91) to enter a name. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Press SAVE and then Saved displays. You hear a confirmation tone. Home Cell Work Other Delete a redial entry Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press REDIAL/PAUSE when the handset is not in use. Press CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. Press MUTE/DELETE to delete the displayed number. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. Press REDIAL when the telephone base is not in use. Press CID, DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse until the desired number displays. Press DELETE/X to delete the displayed number. 3. 70 Telephone operation Handset locator This feature helps you find a misplaced handset. To start paging:

Press /HANDSET LOCATOR on the telephone base when it is not in use. All idle handsets ring and display ** Paging **. To end paging:

Press /HANDSET LOCATOR on the telephone base.

-OR-

Press HOME/FLASH, /SPEAKER, REDIAL/PAUSE, EQ or any dialing key (0-9, #, TONE ) on the handset. CELLULAR, PUSH TO TALK, NOTES:

If the handset ringer volume is set to off, the handset still rings when paged. While the telephone base is paging, you may press SILENCE on the handset to mute the paging tone. If there is no response after 60 seconds, paging ends. 71 Multiple handset use Share an outside call Join a call in progress Another handset can join you on an outside call. That call continues until all people hang up. You can share an outside call with up to four system handsets. Using a cordless handset:

Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER on another handset to join the call.

-OR-

Press OPTION during an intercom, then press CID or DIR to highlight Share call. Press SELECT. Using the telephone base:

Press HOME on telephone base to join the call. Press OPTION during an intercom, then press CID or DIR to highlight Share call. Press SELECT. 72 Multiple handset use Intercom Use the intercom feature for conversations between two handsets, or a handset and the telephone base. You can buy additional expansion handsets (AT&T model TL90071, sold separately) for this telephone system. You can register up to 12 handsets to the telephone base. To initiate an intercom call:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Intercom, then press SELECT. If you have one handset, your handset displays Calling base. The destination handset rings and displays HANDSET is calling. If you have more than one handset, your handset displays INTERCOM and a list of registered handsets. Answering sys Directory Caller ID log Intercom BACK SELECT INTERCOM BASE 0 HANDSET 1 HANDSET 2 BACK SELECT Press CID or DIR to select a destination handset and then press SELECT. Your handset displays Calling HANDSET X, Calling BASE 0 or Calling all devices when you choose Group.

-OR-

Press 0 for BASE 0, 1-9 for HANDSET 1-9, TONE and 0 for HANDSET 10, TONE and 1 for HANDSET 11 or TONE and 2 for HANDSET 12. Your handset displays Calling HANDSET X or Calling BASE 0. The other handset rings and displays HANDSET X is calling.

-OR-

Press TONE and then # (pound key) to call all handsets. The destination handset(s) or telephone base rings and displays HANDSET X is calling, or HANDSET X is calling all when you choose all handsets. To answer an intercom call at the destination handset:

Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER. Both handsets show Intercom. To silence an intercom call:

Press OFF/CANCEL, MUTE/DELETE or SILENCE on the destination handset. Its screen displays Ringer muted for a few seconds. 73 Multiple handset use Intercom To mute while on an intercom call:

Press MUTE/DELETE on the handset or telephone base. Its screen displays Microphone off for a few seconds. To end an intercom call at the destination handset:

Press OFF/CANCEL, END or place either handset back in the telephone base or charger. Both screens display Intercom ended. To end an intercom call at the telephone base:

Press END or CANCEL. Both screens display Intercom ended. NOTES:

You can cancel the intercom call before it is answered by pressing END on your originating handset. OFF/CANCEL or If you are calling all handsets, only the first handset to pick up can answer the intercom call. If the destination handset does not answer the intercom call within 100 seconds, is in the directory or caller ID log, or is out of range, the originating handset displays No answer. Try again. and returns to idle mode. Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode. 2. Press CID or DIR to highlight Intercom, then press SELECT. If you have one handset, the telephone base displays Calling HANDSET. The handset rings and displays Base is calling. If you have more than one handset, your handset displays INTERCOM and a list of registered handsets. Answering sys Directory Caller ID log Intercom BACK SELECT INTERCOM SELECT Handset 2 Handset 3 Group BACK Press CID or DIR to select a destination handset and then press SELECT. Your handset displays Calling HANDSET X, Calling BASE 0 or Calling all devices when you choose Group.

-OR-

Press 0 for BASE 0, 1-9 for HANDSET 1-9, TONE and 0 for HANDSET 10, TONE and 1 for HANDSET 11 or TONE and 2 for HANDSET 12. Your handset displays Calling HANDSET X or Calling BASE 0. The other handset rings and displays HANDSET X is calling.

-OR-

Press TONE and then # (pound key) to call all handsets. The telephone base displays Calling HANDSET X. The destination handset rings and displays BASE 0 is calling. 74 Multiple handset use Intercom To answer an intercom at the destination handset:

Press HOME. Both screens show Intercom. To silence an intercom call:

Press SILENCE on the destination handset. Its screen displays Ringer muted for a few seconds. To mute while on an intercom call:

Press MUTE on the handset or telephone base. Its screen displays Microphone off for a few seconds. To end an intercom call at the destination handset:

Press OFF/CANCEL, END or place either handset back in the telephone base or charger. Both screens display Intercom ended. To end an intercom call at the telephone base:

Press END or CANCEL. Both screens display Intercom ended. NOTES:

You can cancel the intercom call before it is answered by pressing CANCEL on the telephone base. If you are calling all devices, only the first device to pick up can answer the intercom call. If the destination handset does not answer the intercom call within 100 seconds, is in the directory or caller ID log, or is out of range, the telephone base displays Unable to call. Try again. and returns to idle mode. Answer an incoming call during an intercom call When you receive an incoming home call during an intercom call, the two handsets on the intercom call hear an alert tone, and their screens display Home Incoming call and then the caller ID. The telephone base and all other handsets ring. Using a cordless handset:

Press HOME/FLASH to answer the home call and the intercom call ends automatically. Press OFF/CANCEL to end the intercom call without answering the incoming call. The telephone continues to ring. 75 Multiple handset use Intercom Using the telephone base:

Press HOME to answer the home call and the intercom call ends automatically. Press HOME or CANCEL to end the intercom call without answering the incoming call. The telephone continues to ring. To answer a cell call during an intercom call:

When you receive an incoming cell call during an intercom call, the two handsets on the intercom call hear an alert tone, and their screens display Cell Incoming call and then the caller ID. The telephone base rings and all other handsets ring. Using a cordless handset:

Press CELLULAR to answer the cell call and the intercom call ends automatically. Press OFF/CANCEL to end the intercom call without answering the incoming call. The telephone continues to ring. Using the telephone base:

Press CELLULAR to answer the cell call and the intercom call ends automatically. Press CANCEL to end the intercom call without answering the incoming call. The telephone continues to ring. 76 Multiple handset use Call transfer using intercom Use the intercom feature to transfer an outside call to another system handset or the telephone base. To transfer an outside call:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. When on an outside call, press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Intercom, then press SELECT. The call is automatically put on hold. If you have one handset, the outside call is put on hold and your handset displays Calling other handset or Calling Base. The other handset rings and displays Other handset is calling or Base is calling. If you have more than one handsets, your handset displays INTERCOM. Transfer Intercom Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT INTERCOM BASE 0 HANDSET A 2 All handsets BACK SELECT Press CID or DIR to select a destination handset and then press SELECT. Your handset displays Calling HANDSET X, or Calling all handsets when you choose All handsets.

-OR-

Press 0 for BASE 0, 1-9 for HANDSET 1-9, TONE and TONE and 0 for HANDSET 10, TONE and 1 for HANDSET 11 or TONE and 2 for HANDSET 12.

-OR-

Press TONE and then # (pound key) to call all handsets. 3. 4. The destination handset rings and displays HANDSET X is calling, or HANDSET X is calling all when you choose all handsets. To answer the call on the other handset, press HOME/FLASH or

/SPEAKER. The outside call is still on hold and both handsets now show Intercom. From this intercom call, you have the following options:

You can transfer the call. Press OPTION and then press SELECT to choose Transfer on the calling handset. Your screen shows Call transferred. The other handset automatically connects to the outside call. You can let the other handset join you on the outside call in a three-way conversation. Press OPTION, highlight Share call, and press SELECT. Either person can press the appropriate line key ( HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR) on the handset to take the held outside call, or press OFF/CANCEL or END to hang up the intercom call (the outside call will automatically go off hold for the handset that did not hang up). NOTES:

If you want to cancel an intercom call and reconnect to the outside call before the destination handset answers, press OFF/CANCEL or END on the originating handset. If the other handset does not answer the intercom call within 100 seconds, or if the other handset is in the directory or caller ID log, or is out of range, the calling handset shows No answer. Try again. and returns to the outside call. 77 Multiple handset use Call transfer using intercom Using the telephone base:

1. 2. When on an outside call, press OPTION. Press CID or DIR to highlight Intercom, then press SELECT. The call is automatically put on hold. If you have only one handset and a telephone base, the outside call is put on hold and your telephone base displays Calling other handset or Calling Base. The other handset rings and displays Other handset is calling or Base is calling. If you have more than one handset, your screen displays INTERCOM. Transfer Intercom Direcrtory Caller ID log BACK SELECT INTERCOM Handset 2 Handset 3 Group BACK SELECT Press CID or DIR to select a destination handset and then press SELECT. Your telephone base displays Calling HANDSET X, or Calling all handsets when you choose All handsets.

-OR-

Press 0 for BASE 0, 1-9 for HANDSET 1-9, TONE and 0 for HANDSET 10, TONE and 1 for HANDSET 11 or TONE and 2 for HANDSET 12.

-OR-

Press TONE and then # (pound key) to call all handsets. The telephone base displays Calling HANDSET X. The destination handset rings and displays BASE 0 is calling. 3. 4. To answer the call on the other handset, press HOME. The outside call is still on hold and both the handset and the telephone base now show Intercom. You can now have a private conversation between the cordless handset and the telephone base. From this intercom call, you have the following options:

You can transfer the call. Press OPTION and then SELECT to choose Transfer on the telephone base. The telephone base displays Call transferred. The destination handset automatically connects to the outside call. You can let the other handset join you on the outside call in a three-way conversation. Press OPTION, highlight Share call, and press SELECT. You can end the intercom call and continue the outside call on the telephone base. Press CANCEL or END on the destination handset; or put it in the charger. The destination handset displays Intercom ended. NOTES:

To cancel the transfer and return to the external call before the intercom call is answered, press CANCEL on the telephone base. If the other handset does not answer the intercom call within 100 seconds, or if the other handset is in the directory or caller ID log, or is out of range, the calling handset shows No answer. Try again. and returns to the outside call. 78 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) You can directly broadcast messages from one handset or telephone base to the speakerphone of one or all other handsets. Any handset called can respond by pressing PUSH TO TALK or PTT on the telephone base to begin a two-

way communication. If only one device is available or registered, the screen shows PTT requires two handsets when you press PUSH TO TALK. Only one handset can talk at a time. To do so, press and hold the PUSH TO TALK button. You must release PUSH TO TALK, so the other person can respond. Only one PTT can be active at a time. While PTT is in use between handsets or telephone base, other handsets cannot use the intercom feature but can access the answering system. When you attempt to place a PTT call to another handset which is accessing the answering system, your handset displays Not available at this time. PTT on/off You can turn PTT on or off on each handset. When on, the handset can begin and receive PTT calls. When off, the handset can begin PTT calls but will not receive PTT calls from other handset(s). The idle handset displays No Incoming PTT. When you attempt to place a PTT call to another handset that has the PTT feature turned off, your handset displays Not available at this time. To turn PTT on or off:

Using a cordless handset:

PUSH TO TALK HANDSET A 2 HANDSET B 3 Group BACK SELECT INCOMING PTT

On Off 1. 2. 3. Press PUSH TO TALK when the handset is not in use. The PUSH TO TALK menu displays. Press CID or DIR to highlight PTT On/Off, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight On or Off, then press SELECT to save. You hear a confirmation tone. BACK SELECT 79 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. Press PTT when the handset is not in use. The PUSH TO TALK menu displays. Press CID or DIR to highlight PTT On/Off, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight On or Off, then press SELECT to save. You hear a confirmation tone. PTT to a single handset Using a cordless handset:

PUSH TO TALK HANDSET B 3 Group PTT On/Off BACK SELECT INCOMING PTT

On Off BACK SELECT 1. You have two ways to begin a PTT call:

If you have one handset, press and hold PUSH TO TALK when the handset is not in use.

-OR-

If you have more than one handset, press PUSH TO TALK when the handset is not in use. Then use the dialing keys to enter a handset number (0 for telephone base, 1-9 for handsets 1-9, TONE and 0 for handset 10, TONE and 1 for handset 11 or TONE and 2 for handset 12), or press CID or DIR to scroll to the desired handset or the telephone base, then press SELECT or PUSH TO TALK to create the push-to-talk session. 2. 3. 4. 5. Your handset displays Connecting to HANDSET X... or Connecting to BASE 0... for a few seconds. When the connection is made, both your and the destination handsets display Press and hold [PTT] to talk and beep once. Press and hold PUSH TO TALK on your handset. A chirp indicates your microphone is on. Speak towards the handset. Your voice is broadcast to the destination handset. While you are speaking, the handset displays PTT To HANDSET X (X represents the destination handset number) or PTT To BASE 0. Release PUSH TO TALK after speaking. Both handsets beep once again. After the handsets beep, you can press and hold PUSH TO TALK to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond (see Answer a PTT call on page 84). To end the PTT call, press OFF/CANCEL or END. The handset displays Push to talk Ended for a few seconds.

-OR-

Place the handset in the telephone base or charger to end the PTT call. NOTE: After PUSH TO TALK is released, the PTT call remains open for a short time. If no one presses PUSH TO TALK within 10 seconds, the PTT call ends automatically. 80 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Using the telephone base:

1. You have two ways to begin a PTT call:

If you have one handset, press and hold PTT when the telephone base is not in use.

-OR-

If you have more than one handset, press PTT when the telephone base is not in use. Then use the dialing keys to enter a handset number (1-9 for handsets 1-9, TONE and 0 for handset 10, TONE and 1 for handset 11 or TONE and 2 for handset 12), or press CID or DIR to scroll to the desired handset then press SELECT or PTT to create the push-to-talk session. 2. 3. 4. 5. Your handset displays Connecting to HANDSET X... for a few seconds. When the connection is made, both screens display Press and hold [PTT]

to talk and beep once. Press and hold PTT on the telephone base. A chirp indicates your microphone is on. Speak towards the MIC. Your voice is broadcast to the destination handset. While you are speaking, the telephone base displays PTT To HANDSET X (X represents the destination handset number). Release PUSH TO TALK after speaking. Both handsets beep once again. After the handsets beep, you can press and hold PUSH TO TALK to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond (see Answer a PTT call on page 84). To end the PTT call, press CANCEL or END. The handset displays Push to talk Ended for a few seconds. NOTE: After PTT is released, the PTT call remains open for a short time. If no one presses PTT within 10 seconds, the PTT call ends automatically. 81 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) PTT to a group of handsets When there are multiple handsets registered to the phone system, PTT supports one-to-group calls. PTT supports a maximum of one-to-four calls when two to five handsets are registered, and a maximum of one-to-three calls when six or more handsets are registered. The first four registered handsets will be able to use this feature. Other handsets can only use PTT for one-to-one calls. Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. To begin a PTT call to a group of handsets:

Press and hold PUSH TO TALK when the handset is not in use.

-OR-

Press PUSH TO TALK when the handset is not in use. Press TONE and #, or press CID or DIR to highlight Group then press SELECT or PUSH TO TALK. Your handset displays Connecting to group... for a few seconds. When the connection is made, both your and the destination handsets display Press and hold [PTT] to talk and beep once. Press and hold PUSH TO TALK on your handset. A chirp indicates your microphone is on. Speak towards the handset. Your voice is broadcast to the destination handset. While you are speaking, the handset displays PTT To handset X (X represents the destination handset numbers). Release PUSH TO TALK after speaking. All handsets beep once again. After the handsets beep, you can press and hold PUSH TO TALK to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond (see Answer a PTT call on page 84). Press OFF/CANCEL or END to end the PTT call. The handset displays Push to talk Ended for a few seconds.

-OR-

Place the handset in the telephone base or charger to end the PTT call. NOTE: After PUSH TO TALK is released, the PTT call remains open for a short time. If no one presses PUSH TO TALK within 10 seconds, the PTT call ends automatically. 82 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. To begin a PTT call to a group of handsets:

Press and hold PTT when the telephone base is not in use.

-OR-

Press PTT when the telephone base is not in use. Press TONE and #, or press CID or DIR to highlight Group then press SELECT or PTT. Your screen displays Connecting to group... for a few seconds. When the connection is made, both screens display Press and hold [PTT] to talk and beep once. Press and hold PTT on your handset. A chirp indicates your microphone is on. Speak towards the MIC. Your voice is broadcast to the destination handset. While you are speaking, the screen displays PTT To handset X (X represents the destination handset numbers). Release PTT after speaking. All handsets beep once again. After the handsets beep, you can press and hold PTT to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond (see Answer a PTT call on page 84). Press CANCEL or END to end the PTT call. The handset displays Push to talk Ended for a few seconds. NOTE: After PTT is released, the PTT call remains open for a short time. If no one presses PTT within 10 seconds, the PTT call ends automatically. 83 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Answer a PTT call You can respond to a PTT call whenever the speakerphone light is off, as described below. Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. When your handset receives a PTT call, the handset beeps and displays Press and hold [PTT] to talk. When someone else is speaking, your speakerphone light is on, and you handset displays PTT From HANDSET X To handset: Y (the first X represents the initiating handset number and Y represents your handset number; a maximum of four handset numbers appear). When your speakerphone light is off (the handset displays Press and hold

[PTT] to talk), you hear a beep. Press and hold PUSH TO TALK on your handset. When you hear a chirp, speak towards the handset. While you are speaking, your handset displays PTT To handset X

(X represents the handset numbers of one or more destination handsets;

a maximum of four handset numbers appear). Your voice is broadcast to all destination handsets. Release PUSH TO TALK when you finish speaking. Your handset will beep. After the beep, if your speakerphone light is off, you can press and hold PUSH TO TALK to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. When the telephone base receives a PTT call, the telephone base beeps and displays Press and hold [PTT] to talk. When someone else is speaking, the telephone base displays PTT From HANDSET X To base & HS: Y (the first X represents the initiating handset number and Y represents your handset number; a maximum of four handset numbers appear). When the telephone base displays Press and hold [PTT] to talk, you hear a beep. Press and hold PTT on your handset. When you hear a chirp, speak towards the handset. While you are speaking, your handset displays PTT To handset X

(X represents the handset numbers of one or more destination handsets;

a maximum of four handset numbers appear). Your voice is broadcast to all destination handsets. Release PTT when you finish speaking. Your handset will beep. After the beep, if your speakerphone light is off, you can press and hold PTT to continue speaking or the destination handsets can respond. 84 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Change a one-to-one PTT call to an intercom call You can convert a one-to-one PTT conversation to an intercom call. Using a cordless handset:

1. When your handset displays Press and hold [PTT] to talk, press INTCOM. Your handset displays Switch to Intercom? Press SELECT to confirm. If you have a one handset, your handset displays Calling other handset or Calling base. The destination handset temporarily displays Push to talk Ended and then Other handset is calling or Base is calling. If you have more than one handset, your handset displays Calling HANDSET Y (Y represents the destination handset number) or Calling BASE 0. The destination handset temporarily displays Push to talk Ended and then HANDSET X is calling (X represents the originating handset number) or BASE 0 is calling. 2. 3. On the destination handset, press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER to answer the intercom call. Both handsets now display Intercom. To end the intercom call, press OFF/CANCEL, END or place the handset in the telephone base or charger. Both handsets display Intercom ended. Using the telephone base:

1. When your handset displays Press and hold [PTT] to talk, press INTCOM. The telephone base displays Switch to Intercom? Press SELECT. If you have a two-handset system, your handset displays Calling other handset or Calling base. The destination handset temporarily displays Push to talk Ended and then Other handset is calling or Base is calling. If you have three or more handsets, the telephone base displays Calling HANDSET Y (Y represents the destination handset number) or Calling BASE 0. The destination handset temporarily displays Push to talk Ended and then HANDSET X is calling (X represents the originating handset number) or BASE 0 is calling. 2. 3. On the destination handset, press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER to answer the intercom call. Both screens now display Intercom. To end the intercom call, press CANCEL or END on the telephone base. Both handsets display Intercom ended. 85 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) End a PTT call For a one-to-one PTT call, both the originating and destination handsets can end the PTT call. For one-to-group PTT calls, the initiating handset can end the PTT call for the group of handsets on that PTT call. If any one of the destination handsets leaves the PTT call, the call continues until all participants or the initiator hangs up. To end or leave PTT:

Using a cordless handset:

Press OFF/CANCEL, END or place the handset in the telephone base or charger. The handset displays Push to talk Ended. NOTES: After PUSH TO TALK is released, the PTT call remains open for a short time. If no one presses PUSH TO TALK within 10 seconds, the PTT call ends automatically. Using a cordless handset:

Press CANCEL or END. The telephone base displays Push to talk Ended. Answer an incoming call during PTT When you receive an incoming outside call during PTT, there is a call waiting tone. The caller ID is displayed with PTT screen alternately. During a one-to-one PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or originating or destination handset, or press HOME or the telephone base. The PTT call ends automatically and the outside call is answered. CELLULAR on the CELLULAR on During a one-to-group PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR on the originating handset, or press HOME or telephone base. The PTT call ends automatically and the outside call is answered. CELLULAR on the During a one-to-group PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR on any one of the destination handsets, or press HOME or on the telephone base, and that handset or telephone base answers the outside call. The PTT call continues for the rest of the PTT participants. CELLULAR To leave the PTT call without answering the incoming call, press OFF/CANCEL on the handset, or press HOME, CELLULAR or CANCEL on the telephone base. The telephone continues to ring. 86 Multiple handset use Push-to-talk (PTT) Make an outgoing call during PTT During a one-to-one PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR, or press HOME or The PTT call ends automatically. CELLULAR on the telephone base to get a dial tone. During a one-to-group PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR on the originating handset, or press HOME or CELLULAR on the telephone base. The PTT call ends automatically and you get a dial tone. During a one-to-group PTT call, press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR on any one of the destination handsets , or press HOME or CELLULAR on the telephone base, and that handset or telephone base gets a dial tone. The PTT call continues for the rest of the PTT participants. 87 Directory About the directory The home directory stores up to 200 entries with up to 30 digits for each phone number and 15 characters for each name. Each of the downloaded directories stores up to 1,500 entries with up to 30 digits for each phone number and 15 characters for each name. Directory entries are stored at the telephone base and shared by all system handsets. Any changes made on one handset apply to all. Only one handset can review the directory at a time. If another handset tries to enter the directory, its screen shows Not available at this time. When there are no records in the directory, the screen shows Directory empty. When the directory is full and you try to save an entry, the screen shows Directory full. When you try to save a number already stored in the directory, the screen shows Already saved. All of the instructions on pages 89-103 for the directories apply to the home directory and all downloaded directories. Creating a new entry on page 89 only applies to the home directory. You cannot create new entries in your downloaded directories from the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 handset. Entries must be downloaded from your cell phone (see Download directory on pages 27-28). 88 Directory Create and review entries Create a new entry in the home directory 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press OPTION to select Home. Press SELECT to choose Add contact. The screen displays ENTER NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to enter a telephone number. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears).

-OR-

Copy a number from the redial list. Press REDIAL/PAUSE and then CID , DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse for a number. Press INSERT to copy the displayed number. 6. 7. Home Cell Work Other Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to enter the name. Press SAVE to confirm and the screen shows Saved. You hear a 10. confirmation tone. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. 8. 9. NOTE: You cannot create new entries in your downloaded directories from your TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 handsets. Entries must be downloaded from your cell phone (see Download directory on pages 27-28). 89 Directory Create and review entries Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press OPTION to select Home. Press SELECT to choose Add contact. The screen displays ENTER NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to enter a telephone number. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears).

-OR-

Copy a number from the redial list. Press REDIAL/PAUSE and then CID or DIR or REDIAL/PAUSE repeatedly to browse for a number. Press INSERT to copy the displayed number. Home Cell Work Other Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to enter a name. Press DELETE/X to erase a character. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Press SAVE to confirm and the screen shows Saved. You hear a 10. confirmation tone. NOTE: You cannot create new entries in your downloaded directories from your TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471. Entries must be downloaded from your cell phone (see Download directory on pages 27-28). 90 Directory Create and review entries 10

11

, Characters by number of key presses 3

C F I L O R V Y 4

, a d g j m S t Z 5

b e h k n p u w 6

) c f i l o q v x 7

2 3 4 5 6 r 8 y 8

s z 9

7 9 1 1 A D G J M P T W Space 2

. B E H K N Q U X 0 Number key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

NOTE: When entering a name in the directory, the first letter of each word is automatically capitalized. 91 888-883-2445

SAVE BACK EDIT NUMBER 888-883-2445 BACK NEXT SELECT LABEL Home Cell Work BACK NEXT ENTER NAME

BACK SAVE Saved Directory Create and review entries Add a predialed telephone number to the directory You can save a predialed telephone number to the directory. To add a predialed telephone number:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Home Cell Work Other Enter the telephone number in idle mode (see Step 5 in Create a new entry in the home directory on page 89). Press SAVE to move on to the number (see Step 3 in Edit a directory entry on page 97) and then press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to enter the name. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. 6. Press SAVE and the screen shows Saved. You hear a confirmation tone. 92 888-883-2445 BACK SAVE EDIT NUMBER 888-883-2445 BACK SAVE SELECT LABEL Home Cell Work BACK NEXT ENTER NAME _ SAVE Saved Directory Create and review entries Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Home Cell Work Other Enter the telephone number in idle mode (see Step 5 in Create a new entry in the home directory on page 89). Press SAVE to move on to the number (see Step 3 in Edit a directory entry on page 97) and then press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays ENTER NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to enter a name. Press DELETE/X to erase a character. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. 6. Press SAVE and the screen shows Saved. You hear a confirmation tone. 93 Directory Create and review entries Review the directory Entries are sorted alphabetically. To review the directory:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. Press DIR in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse.

-OR-

1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse.

-OR-

Press OPTION while on call. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse. Using the telephone base:

Press DIR in idle mode. 1. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. 2. Press CID or DIR to browse. 3.

-OR-

1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse.

-OR-

Press OPTION while on call. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight a directory, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse. NOTE: When the desired entry displays, press # on the handset or telephone base repeatedly to show different dialing options. 94 Directory Create and review entries 3-character alphabetical search You can use the enhanced 3-character search to find your contacts quickly and efficiently. To start the search:

1. 2. Follow the steps in Review the directory on the previous page to enter the directory. When an entry appears, use the dialing keys to enter the letters associated with the name (see page 91). You can enter up to three letters for the search. The letters will show at the top left hand corner of the screen. After you have entered one to three letters, the system starts searching in the directory. If there is no name matching the letter(s) entered, the next closest match in alphabetical order appears. If necessary, press CID or DIR on the handset, or CID or DIR on the telephone base to browse. NOTE: The cursor automatically moves to the next position two seconds after you enter a letter. If you do not enter another letter in the coming two seconds, the system starts searching in the directory. 95 Directory Dial, edit or delete a directory Dial a directory entry You can dial a directory entry on any line. To dial a directory entry:

1. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory and 3-character alphabetical search on pages 95 and 95). 888-883-2445 1-888-883-2445 883-2445 1-883-2445 When the desired entry appears, press # repeatedly on the handset or telephone base to show different dialing options. 2. 3. When the displayed number is in the correct format, press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER on the handset, or press HOME on the telephone base to use the home line Press CELLULAR on the handset or CELLULAR on the telephone base to use the cell line. 96 Directory Dial, edit or delete a directory Edit a directory entry You may edit any directory entry. However, be aware that if you download from a cell phone again, the directory is erased and replaced with the current cell phone directory. If you have edited the downloaded entries on the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471, those changes are lost. To avoid losing changes made to the downloaded directory, we suggest that you edit the number in your cell phone, then download the directory. Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press EDIT. The handset shows EDIT NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to edit the number. Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays EDIT NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to enter the name. Press SAVE to confirm and the handset shows Saved. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Home Cell Work Other 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 97 Directory Dial, edit or delete a directory Using the telephone base:

1. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press EDIT. The handset shows EDIT NUMBER. Use the dialing keys to edit the number. Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to select one of the following types:

Press NEXT. The screen displays EDIT NAME. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to edit the name. Home Cell Work Other 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Press DELETE/X to erase a character. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Press SAVE to confirm and the handset shows Saved. 98 Directory Dial, edit or delete a directory Edit the type of a directory entry If you only want to edit the type of a directory entry:

1. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95see Review the directory and 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 and 95). When the desired entry appears, press LABEL. Enter the corresponding shortcut keys shown in the below table. 2. Type:

Home Cell Work Other

-OR-

Press:

1 2 3 4 Press CLEAR to erase the assigned label. Delete a directory entry To delete an entry:

1. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press MUTE/DELETE on the handset or DELETE/X telephone base. The screen displays Delete contact? and the name of the entry. Press YES to confirm. The screen displays Contact deleted and then the next alphabetical entry in the directory. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. NOTE: Once a directory entry is deleted, it cannot be retrieved. 99 Directory Dial, edit or delete a directory Remove a downloaded directory Using a cordless handset:

1. Search for the desired downloaded directory in the directory menu (see Review the directory on page 94). When the desired downloaded directory is chosen, press OPTION, then press CID or DIR to highlight Remove dir. Press SELECT. The screen displays Directory Cell Phone A will be erased. Press YES to confirm. The handset displays Erasing directory... and then Directory removed. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. Search for the desired downloaded directory in the directory menu (see Review the directory on page 94). When the desired downloaded directory is chosen, press OPTION, then press CID or DIR to highlight Remove dir. Press SELECT. The screen displays Directory Cell Phone A will be erased. Press YES to confirm. The handset displays Erasing directory... and then Directory removed. You hear a confirmation tone. 2. 3. 4. 2. 3. 4. 100 Directory Speed dial directory Store a speed dial directory entry You can assign 10 of your director entries to a speed dial location (0-9). The speed dial entries are shared by all handsets. Up to 10 speed dial entries can be stored. The speed dial number must be created from an existing entry in the Home or Bluetooth directory. Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight an empty slot, then press ASSIGN. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press ASSIGN. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press MENU on handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight an empty slot, then press ASSIGN. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired directory, then press REVIEW. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press ASSIGN. You hear a confirmation tone. 101 Directory Speed dial directory Review the speed dial directory Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU when the handset is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU when the telephone base is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory, then press SELECT Press CID or DIR to select Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to browse. Dial a speed dial entry Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press and hold a desired speed dial slot (0-9). Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER to use the home line, or CELLULAR to use the cell line. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. Press and hold a desired speed dial slot (0-9). Press HOME to use the home line, or CELLULAR to use the cell line. Reassign a speed dial entry Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory and then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired slot. Press ASSIGN. The handset displays the directory at the current assigned entry. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search on pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press ASSIGN. The handset displays Entry B replaces Entry A Accept? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. 6. 7. 102 Directory Speed dial directory Using the telephone base:

Press MENU in idle mode. 1. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory and then press SELECT. 2. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. 3. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired slot. 4. Press ASSIGN. The handset displays the directory at the current 5. assigned entry. Search for the desired entry in the directory (see Review the directory or 3-character alphabetical search pages 94 or 95). When the desired entry appears, press ASSIGN. The handset displays Entry B replaces Entry A Accept? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. 6. 7. Delete a speed dial entry Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU in idle mode. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory and then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. Press CID or DIR to highlight assigned slot, then press MUTE/DELETE. The handset displays Delete Entry A speed dial assignment? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

Press MENU in idle mode. 1. Press CID or DIR to highlight Directory and then press SELECT. 2. Press CID or DIR to highlight Speed dial, then press REVIEW. 3. Press CID or DIR to highlight assigned slot, then press MUTE/DELETE. 4. The handset displays Delete Entry A speed dial assignment? Press YES 5. to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: Deleting a speed dial entry does not affect the directory entry. 103 Caller ID About caller ID This product supports caller ID services provided by most telephone service providers. Caller ID allows you to see the name, number, date and time of calls. The available caller ID information will appear after the first or second ring. Caller ID from the home line allows you to see the name, number, date and time of the incoming calls. The caller ID may appear differently if the caller is matched to a directory entry (see Memory match on page 105). Information about caller ID with call waiting Caller ID with call waiting lets you see the name and telephone number of the caller before answering the telephone, even while on another call. It may be necessary to change your telephone service to use this feature. Contact your telephone service provider if:

You have both caller ID and call waiting, but as separate services (you may need to combine these services). You have only caller ID service, or only call waiting service. You dont subscribe to caller ID or call waiting services. There are fees for caller ID services. In addition, services may not be available in all areas. NEW CHARLIE JOHNSON 888-883-2445 5:32am 8/06 SAVE NEW CHARLIE JOHNSON 888-883-2445 5:32am 8/06 Caller ID information is available only if both you and the caller are in areas offering caller ID service, and if both telephone service providers use compatible equipment. SAVE The caller ID information may not be available for every incoming call. The callers may intentionally block their names and/or telephone numbers. A caller ID log entry can show a maximum number of 15 digits. NOTE: You can use this product with regular caller ID service, or you can use this products other features without subscribing to caller ID or combined caller ID with call waiting service. 104 Caller ID Caller ID operation How the caller ID history (caller ID log) works The telephone stores caller ID information about the last 50 incoming calls in the telephone base. Entries are stored in reverse chronological order. The phone deletes the oldest entry when the log is full to make room for new calls. This information is common to all handsets, so changes made using any handset are reflected in all other handsets. If you answer a call before the information appears on the screen, it does not show in the caller ID history. NOTE: If the phone number has more than 15 digits, it will not be saved or shown in the caller ID log. Memory match If the incoming telephone number matches the last seven digits of a telephone number in your directory, the name that appears on the screen matches the corresponding name in your directory. For example, if Christine Smith calls, her name appears as Chris if this is how you entered it into your directory. NOTE: The number you see on your caller ID is in the format sent by the telephone service provider. It usually delivers 10-digit telephone numbers (area code plus telephone number). If the last seven digits of the incoming telephone number do not match a number in your directory, the name appears as it is delivered by the telephone service provider. 105 Caller ID Caller ID operation Review the caller ID log Review the caller ID history to find out who called, to easily return a call, or to copy the callers name and number into your directory. Caller ID log empty appears if there are no records in the caller ID log. Using a cordless handset:

1. When a handset is in idle mode, press CID to review the caller ID history in reverse chronological order starting with the most recent call.

-OR-

HANDSET 1 6 Missed calls 7:45am 8/06 MENU BACK You can also review the caller ID history by pressing MENU, then press CID or DIR to scroll to Caller ID log, then press SELECT. 2. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired line (home or cell), then press REVIEW. 3. Press CID or DIR to browse. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Charlie Johnson Callers name Callers number Time of call NEW Charlie Johnson 888-883-2445 7:45am 8/06 SAVE BACK 888-883-2445 7:45am 8/06 SAVE BACK Appears when there are new or missed calls. Date of call 106 Caller ID Caller ID operation Using the telephone base:

1. When the telephone base is in idle mode, press CID to review the caller ID history in reverse chronological order starting with the most recent call.

-OR-

You can also review the caller ID history by pressing MENU, then press CID or DIR to scroll to Caller ID log, then press SELECT. 2. Press CID or DIR to highlight the desired line (home or cell), then press REVIEW. 3. Press CID or DIR to browse. NOTE: Only use one handset or the telephone base can review the caller ID history at a time. If another handset or the telephone base tries to enter the caller ID log, it shows Not available at this time. BASE 6 Missed calls 7:45am 8/06 MENU Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT Charlie Johnson 888-883-2445 7:45am 8/06 SAVE Callers name Callers number Time of call Charlie Johnson NEW 888-883-2445 7:45am 8/06 SAVE Appears when there are new or missed calls. Date of call 107 Caller ID Caller ID operation View dialing options Although the caller ID log entries may contain 10 digits (the area code plus the seven-digit number), in some areas, you may need to dial only the seven digits, or 1 plus the seven digits, or 1 plus the area code plus the seven digits. You can change the number of digits that you dial from the caller ID log or store to the directory. While reviewing the caller ID log, press #

repeatedly to show different dialing options for local and long distance numbers before dialing or saving the telephone number in the directory. Press 1 repeatedly if you need to add or remove 1 in front of the telephone number before dialing or saving it in the directory. 888-883-2445 1-888-883-2445 883-2445 1-883-2445 Press #

883-2445 1-883-2445 888-883-2445 1-888-883-2445 Press 1 When the number shows the correct format for dialing:

Press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER on the handset, or HOME on the telephone base to call the number using the home line.

-OR-

Press CELLULAR on the handset or CELLULAR on the telephone base to call the number using the cell line. Dial a caller ID log entry Using a cordless handset:

1. Search for the desired entry in the caller ID log (see Review the caller ID log on page 106). 2. When the desired entry is displayed and is in the correct format for dialing, press HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER to use the home line, or CELLULAR to use the cell line. Use the telephone base:

1. Search for the desired entry in the caller ID log (see Review the caller ID log on page 107). 2. When the desired entry is displayed and is in the correct format for dialing, press HOME to use the home line. Press CELLULAR to use the cell line. 108 Caller ID Caller ID operation Save a caller ID log entry to the directory Caller ID log entries can only be saved to the Home directory. To save a caller ID log entry:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Select a desired entry in the caller ID log (see Review the caller ID log on page 106). 2. 3. When the desired entry appears, press # repeatedly to show different dialing options. When the number is in the correct format, press SAVE. The handset shows EDIT NUMBER. 4. Use the dialing keys to edit the number. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to highlight one of the following types:

Home Cell Work Other Press NEXT. The handset displays EDIT NAME. 5. 6. 7. 8. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to edit the name. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a character. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all characters. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press TONE becomes Brown Robert when you press TONE . to toggle the name order. For example, Robert Brown 9. Press SAVE to confirm and the handset shows Saved. You hear a confirmation tone. 109 Caller ID Caller ID operation Using the telephone base:

1. Select a desired entry in the caller ID log (see Review the caller ID log on page 107). 2. 3. When the desired entry appears, press # repeatedly to show different dialing options. When the number is in the correct format, press SAVE. The telephone base shows EDIT NUMBER. 4. Use the dialing keys to edit the number. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press and hold REDIAL/PAUSE to insert a dialing pause (a p appears). Press NEXT. Press CID or DIR to highlight one of the following types:

Home Cell Work Other Press NEXT. The telephone base screen displays EDIT NAME. 5. 6. 7. 8. Use the dialing keys (see page 91) to edit the name. Press DELETE/X to erase a character. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all characters. PPress CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Press TONE becomes Brown Robert when you press TONE . to toggle the name order. For example, Robert Brown 9. Press SAVE to confirm and the telephone base screen shows Saved. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTES:

If the name received from the telephone service provider is in all capital letters, the first letter of every word remains a capital letter. However, the next letter after the prefix Mac, Mc, or O, is kept as a capital letter. For example, the D in MacDonald is kept as a capital letter. When you try to save a caller ID entry without any caller ID information, the screen displays Unable to save. When you try to save a number already stored in the directory, the screen shows Already saved. 110 Caller ID Caller ID operation Delete from the caller ID log To delete a single entry:

1. 2. Select a desired entry in the caller ID log (see Review the caller ID log on page 106 or page 107). When the desired entry is displayed, press MUTE/DELETE on the handset or press DELETE/X on the telephone base. The screen shows the previous caller ID log entry. You hear a confirmation tone. To delete all entries:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Press CID on the handset in idle mode. 2. 1. 2. 3. Press ERASE. If you choose the home caller ID log, the handset displays Delete all Home Calls?. If you choose a cell phone caller ID log, the handset displays Delete all Cell phone A calls?. Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. CALLER ID LOG Home ERASE REVIEW

-OR-

Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID log, then press SELECT. Press ERASE. If you choose the home caller ID log, the handset displays Delete all Home Calls?. If you choose a cell phone caller ID log, the handset displays Delete all Cell phone A calls?. Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. Press CID on the telephone base in idle mode. Press ERASE. If you choose the home caller ID log, the handset displays Delete all Home Calls?. If you choose a cell phone caller ID log, the telephone base screen displays Delete all Cell phone A calls?. Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone.

-OR-

CALLER ID LOG Home ERASE REVIEW Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Caller ID log, then press SELECT. Press ERASE. If you choose the home caller ID log, the telephone base screen displays Delete all Home Calls?. If you choose a cell phone caller ID log, the telephone base displays Delete all Cell phone A calls?. Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. 111 2. 1. 2. 3. Caller ID Caller ID operation Reasons for missing caller ID information There are occasions when other information or no information shows for various reasons:

On-screen message Reason L Private name Private number Private caller Unknown name Unknown number Unknown caller It is a long distance call. The caller prefers not to show the name. The caller prefers not to show the phone number. The caller prefers not to show the phone number and name. Your telephone service provider cannot determine the callers name. Your telephone service provider cannot determine the callers number. No information is available about this caller. 112 Answering system Answering system settings Answer ON/OFF If you turn the answering system on, it answers calls and records messages only on the home line. If your paired cell phone has voicemail, callers can leave messages with that voicemail service. If your answering system is turned off and you change any of its settings, the answering system automatically turns on again the screen displays Calls will be answered. When the answering system is turned on, the

/ANS ON light on the telephone base is on and both screens display ANS ON. To turn the answering system on or off:

Using the telephone base:

Press /ANS ON to turn the answering system on or off. When the answering system is turned on, it announces, Calls will be answered.. The telephone base screen displays Calls will be answered. When the answering system is turned off, it announces, Calls will not be answered.. The telephone base screen displays Calls will not be answered.

-OR-

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answer ON/OFF, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT ANSWERING SYS Delete all old Record memo Answer ON/OFF BACK SELECT NOTES:

ANSWER ON/OFF If there is no remaining recording time, the answering system announces Calls will not be answered. and cannot be turned on. If the total recording time is less than three minutes, the answering system announces Less than three minutes to record. and your screens display Rec mem low. If the answering system is off, you may press /ANS ON on the telephone base to turn on the answering system during an incoming call. The answering system answers the call immediately if there is remaining time.

OnHandset Off SET BACK 113 Answering system Answering system settings Using a handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answer ON/OFF, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight On or Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT ANSWERING SYS Delete all old Record memo Answer ON/OFF BACK SELECT ANSWER ON/OFF

On Off BACK SET Announcement An announcement is the greeting callers hear when calls are answered by the answering system. The telephone is preset with a greeting that answers calls with Hello, please leave a message after the tone. You can use this default announcement, or replace it with your own. 2. 3. 4. Play your announcement Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. ANSWERING SYS Annoucement Delete all old Record memo BACK SELECT Press SELECT again to select Announcement. ANNOUNCEMENT The handset displays ANNOUNCEMENT. Press PLAY. Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press SELECT again to select Announcement. The telephone base screen displays ANNOUNCEMENT. Press PLAY. PLAY RECORD ANSWERING SYS Annoucement Delete all old Record memo BACK SELECT ANNOUNCEMENT 114 PLAY RECORD Answering system Answering system settings Record your own announcement Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press SELECT again to select Announcement. The handset displays ANNOUNCEMENT. Press RECORD. The handset announces, Record after the tone. Press STOP when you are done. After the tone, speak towards the microphone of the handset. Press STOP when you finish recording. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Recording announcement... STOP Announcement playback DELETE STOP The handset automatically plays back the newly recorded announcement. Press STOP to stop the playback at any time. After the announcement playback, press PLAY to replay the recorded announcement, or RECORD to record again if desired. Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press SELECT again to select Announcement. The telephone base screen displays ANNOUNCEMENT. Press RECORD. Recording announcement... The telephone base announces, Record after the tone. Press STOP when you are done. After the tone, speak towards the microphone of the telephone base. STOP Announcement playback Press STOP when you finish recording. The telephone base automatically plays back the newly recorded announcement. Press STOP to stop the playback at any time. After the announcement playback, press PLAY to replay the recorded announcement, or RECORD to record again if desired. DELETE STOP NOTES:

Your announcement can be up to 90 seconds in length. Announcements shorter than two seconds are not recorded. 115 Answering system Answering system settings Delete your announcement Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press SELECT again to select Announcement. The handset displays ANNOUNCEMENT, press PLAY to play the announcement. While the announcement is playing, press DELETE to delete your own recorded announcement. The handset displays Reset announcement to default? Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. ANSWERING SYS Annoucement Delete all old Record memo BACK SELECT Announcement playback DELETE STOP Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press SELECT again to select Announcement. The telephone base screen displays ANNOUNCEMENT, press PLAY to play the announcement. While the announcement is playing, press DELETE to delete your own recorded announcement. The telephone base screen displays Reset announcement to default?

Press YES to confirm. You hear a confirmation tone. ANSWERING SYS Annoucement Delete all old Record memo BACK SELECT Announcement playback DELETE STOP 116 Answering system Answering system settings In the answering system setup menu, you can change the settings for call screening, number of rings, remote access code, message alert tone and recording time. Call screening The call screening feature lets you listen at the telephone base to a caller leaving a message. While monitoring an incoming message, you can answer the call by pressing HOME/FLASH or /SPEAKER on the handset, or pressing HOME on the telephone base. To change the settings:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT twice to select Call screening. Press CID or DIR to choose between On and Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. ANS SYS SETUP Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. ANS SYS SETUP Call screening

# of rings Remote code BACK SELECT CALL SCREENING

On Off BACK SET Call screening

# of rings Remote code BACK SELECT CALL SCREENING

OnHandset Off BACK SET 2. 3. 4. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT twice to select Call screening. Press CID or DIR to choose between On and Off, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: For more information on call screening, see page 123. 117 Answering system Answering system settings Number of rings When the answering system is turned on, it answers all incoming home calls after the number of rings set. You can choose from two, three, four, five, or six rings; or toll saver. With toll saver selected, the answering system answers after two rings when you have new messages, and after four rings when you have no new messages. This enables you to check for new messages and avoid paying unnecessary long distance charges if you are calling from out of your local area. The default number of rings is four. To set the number of rings:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight # of rings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose from 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or Toll saver, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 6 5

4 BACK BACK ANS SYS SETUP Call screening

# of rings Remote code SELECT

# OF RINGS SET Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight # of rings, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose from 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or Toll saver, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 6 5

4 BACK BACK ANS SYS SETUP Call screening

# of rings Remote code SELECT

# OF RINGS SET 2. 3. 4. 5. 2. 3. 4. 5. 118 Answering system Answering system settings Remote access code A two-digit security code is required to access the answering system remotely from any touch-tone telephone. The preset code is 19. You can change the code to any number from 00 to 99. To change the remote code:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Remote code, then press SELECT. ANS SYS SETUP Call screening

# of rings Remote code BACK SELECT REMOTE CODE 19 BACK SET 5. Use the dialing keys (0-9) to enter a two-digit number from 00-99. Press MUTE/DELETE to erase a digit. Press and hold MUTE/DELETE to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the right or left. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

1. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. 2. 3. 4. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Remote code, then press SELECT. ANS SYS SETUP Call screening

# of rings Remote code BACK SELECT REMOTE CODE 19 BACK SET 5. Use the dialing keys (0-9) to enter a two-digit number from 00-99. Press DELETE/X to erase a digit. Press and hold DELETE/X to erase all digits. Press CID or DIR to move the cursor to the left or right. Press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 119 Answering system Answering system settings Message alert tone When the message alert tone is set to On, the telephone base beeps every 10 seconds to alert you to new messages. The tone stops when all new messages have been reviewed. The default message alert tone setting is Off. To change the setting:

Using a cordless handset:

1. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Msg alert tone, then press SELECT. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press CID or DIR to choose between On and Off, then press SET to save your setting. You hear a confirmation tone. BACK SET ANS SYS SETUP

# of rings Remote code Msg alret tone BACK SELECT MSG ALERT TONE

On Off Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Answering sys, then press SELECT. Use CID or DIR to scroll to Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to scroll to Msg alert tone, then press SELECT. ANS SYS SETUP

# of rings Remote code Msg alret tone BACK SELECT MSG ALERT TONE

OnHandset Off BACK SET Press CID or DIR to choose between On and Off, then press SET to save your setting. You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: You cannot set the message alert tone when another handset or the telephone base is accessing the answering system. 120 Answering system Answering system settings Recording time You can set the recording time limit for each incoming message. The default setting is three minutes. To change the setting:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. Press MENU on the handset when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Recording time, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose from 3 minutes, 2 minutes, or 1 minute, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 3. 4. 5. Using the telephone base:

1. 2. Press MENU on the telephone base when it is not in use. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Ans sys setup, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Recording time, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to choose from 3 minutes, 2 minutes, or 1 minute, then press SET to save. You hear a confirmation tone. 3. 4. 5. ANS SYS SETUP Remote code Msg alert tone Recording time BACK SELECT RECORDING TIME

3 minutes 2 minutes 1 minute BACK SET ANS SYS SETUP Remote code Msg alert tone Recording time BACK SELECT MSG ALERT TONE

3 minutes 2 minutes 1 minute BACK SET 121 Answering system About the answering system Answering system and voicemail Your telephone has separate indicators for two different types of voice messages: those recorded on its built-in answering system and those recorded in your service providers voicemail (fees may apply). Your telephones built-in answering system messages and voicemail messages are separate. Each alerts you to new messages differently. and XX New messages display on the handsets and the message If window on the telephone base flashes, there are new messages in the built-in answering system. To listen to messages recorded on your digital

/PLAY/STOP on the telephone base. To listen answering system, press to messages with a handset, see To listen to messages with a handset on page 125. and New voicemail display on the handsets, your telephone service If provider is indicating that it has new voicemail for you. To listen to your voicemail, you typically dial an access number provided by your telephone service provider, followed by a security code or PIN. Some service providers bundle or combine multiple services like voicemail and call waiting, so you may not be aware that you have voicemail. To check what services you have and how to access them, contact your telephone service provider. To use your voicemail service rather than your answering system, turn off your answering system. To use your answering system rather than your voicemail service, contact your telephone service provider to deactivate your voicemail service. Using the answering system and voicemail together You can also use your telephone answering system and voicemail together by setting your built-in answering system to answer before voicemail answers as described below. To learn how to program your voicemail settings, contact your telephone service provider. Then, if you are on a call, or if the answering system is busy recording a message and you receive another call, the second caller can leave a voicemail message. Set your answering system to answer calls at least two rings earlier than your voicemail is set to answer. For example, if your voicemail answers after six rings, set your answering system to answer after four rings. Some voicemail providers may program the delay before answering calls in seconds instead of rings. In this case, allow six seconds per ring when determining the appropriate setting. 122 Answering system About the answering system Message capacity The answering system can record and store up to 99 messages. Each message can be up to three minutes in length depending on the message length set (see Recording time on page 121). The total storage capacity for the announcement, messages and memos is approximately 14 minutes. The actual recording time depends on individual message characteristics. Messages remain available for replay until you delete them. Voice prompts The system provides voice prompts to guide you through the setup procedures at the telephone base, message playback, remote access and recording outgoing announcements.

/PLAY/STOP repeatedly to turn call Call screening at the telephone base If the answering system and call screening are on (see Call screening on page 117), the announcement and the incoming message broadcast at the telephone base when a call arrives. During message recording, press screening on and off for this call. Press VOLUME on the telephone base to adjust the message volume. To change the call screening setting for all calls, see page 117. During call screening, press the call screening. If the call screening is off and the answering system has answered a call, press call screening. Call screening at the handset:

If the answering system is on and your answering system is recording a message, press SCREEN to screen the call on your handset and the screen displays the caller ID information. If you do not subscribe to caller ID service, the handset shows Incoming call.

/PLAY/STOP or VOLUME to turn on the

/PLAY/STOP on the telephone base to turn off NOTE: The call screening setting does not affect the call screening on the handset. Call intercept When a caller is leaving a message on your answering system, you can stop recording and talk to the caller by pressing HOME/FLASH or

/SPEAKER on the handset, or press HOME on the telephone base. Temporarily turning off the message alert tone Pressing any telephone base key (except /HANDSET LOCATOR) temporarily silences the message alert tone. The message alert tone plays with the next incoming message. Press any keys (except DELETE/X) on the telephone base to temporarily turn off the message alert tone. The message alert tone resumes when you receive a new message. 123 Answering system Message playback On the telephone base, if you have new messages, the telephone plays only the new messages in chronological order. If there are no new messages, the telephone plays back all messages in chronological order. On the handset, if you have both new and old messages, you can play either new or old messages. The caller ID information displays on the handset screen when you play messages and you can call back the caller. When playback begins, the handset screen displays the message status, caller ID information, and time and date of the message recorded. You hear the total number of messages followed by the day and time of the message. After the last message, the telephone announces, End of messages. and the screen displays End of messages. To listen to messages with the telephone base:

1.

/PLAY/STOP to listen to messages. Press Options during playback:

Press VOLUME to adjust the speaker volume. Press /SKIP to skip to the next message. Press /REPEAT to repeat the message currently playing. Press /REPEAT twice to listen to the previous message. Press X/DELETE to delete the current message. The system advances to the next message. Press 2 to pause the playback and show the caller ID information. Press HOME or DIAL to use the home line, or press use the cell line to call back the caller. Press CANCEL or BACK to resume the playback. If you do not call back within 10 seconds, message playback resumes. CELLULAR to Press HOME or CELLULAR to pause the message playback. The telephone base screen displays Call back? with the caller ID information. Press YES to call back the caller, or NO to resume the message playback. Press

/PLAY/STOP to stop. 124 Answering system Message playback To listen to messages with a handset:

1. 2. Press MENU in idle mode. Press SELECT to select Play messages. If you have either new or old messages, the messages play automatically. If you have both new and old messages:

To play new messages, press SELECT to select Play new msgs. To play old messages, press CID or DIR to highlight Play old msgs, then press SELECT. When the handset is playing a message, its screen shows the callers name or number. If the callers information is unavailable, the handset shows No caller info. Options during playback:

button to adjust the message playback audio quality. Press EQ Press /SPEAKER to play the messages through the handset earpiece. Press VOLUME to adjust the speakerphone volume. Press SKIP to skip to the next message. Press REPEAT to repeat the message currently playing. Press REPEAT twice to listen to the previous message. Press MUTE/DELETE to delete the current message. The handset displays Message deleted briefly and the system advances to the next message. Press 2 to pause the playback and show the caller ID information. Press HOME/FLASH, DIAL or /SPEAKER to use the home line, or press CELLULAR to use the cell line to call back the caller. Press OFF/CANCEL or BACK to resume the playback. If you do not call back within 10 seconds, message playback resumes. Press HOME/FLASH or CELLULAR to pause the message playback. The handset displays Call back? with the caller ID information. Press YES to call back the caller, or NO to resume the message playback. Press OFF/CANCEL to stop. NOTES:

When the answering system has less than three minutes of recording time left, it announces, Less than three minutes to record. and the handset displays Rec mem low. When the telephone is not in use, if F and the number of messages are flashing alternately in the message window, or the handset displays Rec mem full, the memory is full. Delete some messages to make room for more. 125 Answering system Message playback Delete all old messages Using a cordless handset:

Using a handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Delete all old, then press SELECT. The handset displays Delete all old messages? Then press YES to confirm. The handset displays Deleting... and then All old messages deleted! You hear a confirmation tone. Using the telephone base:

Press X/DELETE when the phone is not in use. The telephone announces, To delete all old messages, press DELETE again. Press X/DELETE again. All previously reviewed messages are erased and the telephone announces, All old messages deleted.

-OR-

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the telephone base in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Delete all old, then press SELECT. The telephone base screen displays Delete all old messages? Then press YES to confirm. The telephone base screen displays Deleting... and then All old messages deleted! You hear a confirmation tone. NOTE: You can only delete old messages, which are messages you have previously reviewed. 126 Answering system Message playback Record and play memos Memos are messages you record as reminders for yourself or others using the same answering system. You can record your own memos using a system handset. Play and delete them the same way as incoming messages. To record a memo:

Using a cordless handset:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Record memo, then press SELECT. The system announces, Record after the tone. Press STOP when you are done. After the tone, speak towards the microphone. Press STOP when you finish recording. The handset announces, Recorded and then returns to the previous menu. Play messages Answering sys Directory Caller ID log BACK SELECT ANSWERING SYS Annoucement Delete all old Record memo BACK SELECT Recording memo... STOP Using the telephone base:

1. 2. 3. 4. Press MENU on the handset in idle mode to enter the main menu. Press CID or DIR to highlight Answering sys, then press SELECT. Press CID or DIR to highlight Record memo, then press SELECT. The system announces, Record after the tone. Press STOP when you are done. After the tone, speak towards the microphone. Press STOP when you finish recording. The handset announces, Recorded and then returns to the previous menu. NOTES:

5. The system announces Memory is full, if you attempt to record a memo when the memory is full. Each memo can be up to four minutes in length. Memos shorter than two seconds are not recorded. 127 Answering system Remote access You can access the answering system remotely by dialing your home telephone number from any touch-tone telephone. To remotely access the answering system 1. 2. 3. 4. Dial your telephone number from any touch-tone telephone. When the system plays your announcement, enter the two-digit remote access code (19 is the preset code, see page 119 to change it). You can also enter the remote commands (see Remote commands below). Hang up or press 8 to end the call and save all undeleted messages. Remote commands 1 Press to listen to all messages. 2 Press to listen to new messages only. 3 Press to delete the current message (during playback). 33 Press twice to delete all old messages. 4 Press to repeat the current message (during playback). 44 Press twice to listen to the previous message. 5 Press to stop.

*5 Press to listen to a list of remote commands. 6 Press to skip to the next message (during playback).

*7 Press to record a new announcement. 8 Press to hang up the call. 0 Press to turn the answering system on or off. NOTES:

If you do not press any keys after you enter the remote access code, all new messages play. If there are no new messages, all old messages play. Once the new messages have played, the telephone announces the help menu options. If you do not press any key within 20 seconds, the remote access call automatically disconnects. When the answering system is turned off, the telephone answers after 10 rings, and announces, Please enter your remote access code. When the memory is full, the answering system answers incoming calls after 10 rings and announces, Memory is full. Enter the remote access code. 128 Appendix Handset screen icons 1 2 Home ANS ON CHRISTINE SMITH 888-722-7702 5:32am 8/06 SAVE 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

(flashing) HOME line - On steadily when the home line is in use or there is an incoming home call. CELL line- On steadily when a cell line is in use or there is an incoming cell call. Bluetooth connected devices -

There are Bluetooth connected devices on the active devices list. Bluetooth disconnected devices -

There are Bluetooth disconnected devices on the active devices list. Wireless Bluetooth headset - On steadily when a wireless Bluetooth headset is in use on the home line. Battery status - Battery is low; place handset in telephone base or charger to recharge. Battery status - Battery is charging. Speakerphone - The speakerphone is in use. Ringer off - On steadily if the home and cell ringers are turned off. Flashes if only one ringer is turned off. New voicemail - New voicemail received from your telephone service provider. ANS ON Answering system on - The answering system is turned on. New answering system message - New message in the answering system. New caller ID log - Missed and new calls. Mute - Microphone is muted. NEW MUTE 129 Appendix Telephone base screen icons 1 2 CHRISTINE SMITH 888-722-7702 5:32am 8/06 ANS ON 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

(flashing) HOME line - On steadily when the home line is in use or there is an incoming home call. CELL line- On steadily when a cell line is in use or there is an incoming cell call. Bluetooth connected devices -

There are Bluetooth connected devices on the active devices list. Bluetooth disconnected devices -

There are Bluetooth disconnected devices on the active devices list. Wireless Bluetooth headset - On steadily when a wireless Bluetooth headset is in use on the home line. Battery status - Battery is low; place handset in telephone base or charger to recharge. Battery status - Battery is charging. Speakerphone - The speakerphone is in use. Ringer off - On steadily if the home and cell ringers are turned off. Flashes if only one ringer is turned off. New voicemail - New voicemail received from your telephone service provider. ANS ON Answering system on - The answering system is turned on. New answering system message - New message in the answering system. New caller ID log - Missed and new calls. Mute - Microphone is muted. NEW MUTE 130 Appendix Alert tones and lights Handset alert tones Two short beeps You are pressing CID or DIR when the volume is already at its highest or lowest setting.

-OR-

You have reached the end of the caller ID history. Three short high-pitched beeps The telephone has completed the command successfully. Four short beeps Low battery warning.

-OR-

Out of range while the handset is on a call. Telephone base alert tones Beeps once every 10 seconds Message alert. Four short beeps Registration failure. Handset indicator lights CHARGE light On when the handset is charging in the telephone base or charger. Backlight (lighted display and dial pad) On when the handset is lifted from the telephone base or charger. On when a key is pressed.

/SPEAKER light On when the speakerphone is in use. 131 DEVICE1/DEVICE2 lights On when the telephone base is paired and connected with a Bluetooth device. Flash alternately while pairing a Bluetooth device. Flashes quickly when there is an incoming cell call.

/ANS ON On when the answering system turned on. Appendix Alert tones and lights Telephone base indicator lights

/PLAY/STOP On when the answering system is playing the recorded messages. Flashes when there are new messages. MUTE On the microphone is muted CELLULAR On when cell line is in use. Flashes quickly when there is an incoming cell call. Flashes slowly when the cell call is on hold. HOME On when home line is in use. Flashes quickly when there is an incoming home call. Flashes slowly when the home call is on hold. 132 Appendix Screen messages Display screen messages Already saved The telephone number you have entered is already stored in the directory. Base is calling The telephone base is calling another handset. Bluetooth system busy You are trying to make a cell call or access the Bluetooth menu when the Bluetooth link is already being used. Caller ID log empty There are no entries in the caller ID history. Call transferred Calling base

(For models with one handset) Calling BASE 0

(for models with with more than one cordless handset) Calling HANDSET

(For models with one handset) Calling HANDSET X

(for models with with more than one cordless handset) Cell An outside call from one handset is transferred to another handset. The cordless handset is calling cordless handset (for intercom calls). The cordless handset is calling another handset (for intercom calls). The telephone base is calling the cordless handset (for intercom calls). The cordless handset or telephone base is calling another handset (for intercom calls). The cell line is on a call. Cell call on hold A call on the cell line has been put on hold. Cell line in use Another system handset is using the cell line. Connecting... Connection failed The telephone base is trying to establish connection with a Bluetooth device. A Bluetooth device failed to establish a connection with your telephone system. Directory empty There are no directory entries. Directory full The directory is full. You cannot save any new entries unless you delete some current entries. Downloading dir The system is downloading a directory from a cell phone. Ended You have just ended a call. HANDSET is calling

(for models with only one cordless handset) The handset is calling the telephone base (for intercom calls). 133 Appendix Screen messages Handset X is calling Another system handset is calling (for intercom calls).

(for models with more than one cordless handset) Home The home line is on a call. Home call on hold A call on the home line has been put on hold. Home & cell calls on hold Home & cell lines in use Calls on the home and cell lines have been put on hold. Calls on the home and cell lines are being used. Home line in use A system handset or another telephone on the same home line is in use. Incoming call There is a call coming in. Intercom The cordless handset or telephone base is on an intercom call. Intercom ended The intercom call has just ended. Low battery The battery needs to be charged. Microphone off Microphone on New voicemail No answer. Try again. No battery No entries found. Download from SIM only ?

No entries found. Download from Phone only ?

No Incoming PTT No Incoming PTT The cordless handset or telephone base microphone is off. The other party cannot hear you but you can hear the other party. The cordless handset or telephone base microphone is on. There are new voicemail messages from your telephone service provider. You tried to make an intercom call, but the handset you are calling is busy or out of range. The battery is not properly installed and the handset is in the charger. There are no entries found when you download a cell phone directory from the cell memory. There are no entries found when you download a cell phone directory from your SIM card. There are no entries found in either the cell or SIM card when you download a cell phone directory from both memories. The incoming PTT function is turned off. The handset will not receive PTT calls. The incoming PTT function is turned off. The handset will not receive PTT calls. 134 Appendix Screen messages No message There is no message recorded on the answering system. No signal. Call ended. The phone lost the connection with the telephone base or did not have a strong enough signal and the phone call ended. Not available at this time Someone else is already using the directory or caller ID history. ON HOLD A call has been put on hold. Out of range No power at OR base The handset has lost communication with the telephone base. There is no power connected to the telephone base.

** Paging **

The telephone base is paging all handsets. Place in charger The battery is very low. The handset should be placed in the charger. PTT From HANDSET X To base & HS Y PTT From HANDSET X To handset Y One handset has started a PTT session to another handset. One handset has started a PTT session to another handset. PTT To HANDSET X PTT To BASE 0 Push to talk Ended You have started the PTT process. You have started the PTT process. The PTT session is ended. Put handset on BASE to register Your handset is not registered to the telephone base. Ringer muted The ringer is muted temporarily during an incoming call. Saved The entry is now in the directory. Unable to save Unable to save You are trying to save an entry with no name and number from the caller ID history. You are trying to save an entry with no name and number from the caller ID history. XX Missed calls There are new calls in the caller ID history. XX New messages There are new messages recorded in the answering system. 135 Appendix Expand your telephone system The cordless handset provided with your telephone system is already registered. Additional handsets registered to the telephone system are assigned in sequential order. For instance, if you already have HANDSET, the new registered handset is assigned HANDSET 2 and your first handset is then renamed as HANDSET 1. This telephone system accommodates up to 12 handsets. Adding and registering handsets (optional) You can add new handsets (TL90071, purchased separately) to your telephone system, but each handset must be registered with the telephone base before use. When first purchased, each expansion handset shows Put handset on BASE to register after a battery is installed. Each handset should be charged without interruption for at least 25 minutes before registering to the telephone base. For more details on battery charging, see the table on page 14. To register a handset:

1. Make sure the handset is out of the telephone base or charger and shows Put handset on BASE to register before you begin registration. 2. Put the handset you wish to register on the telephone base cradle, not the charger. 3. The handset displays Registering handset..., and the telephone base screen displays Registering... Please wait. It takes about 90 seconds to complete the registration process. The handset displays HANDSET X Registered (X represents the registered handset number), and beeps when registration completes. If registration fails, the system will automatically try to register again. If it fails after the third try, the handset displays Registration failed, then Put handset on BASE to register. The telephone base screen displays Registration failed and then returns to the idle screen. This may take up to five minutes to occur. When the handset displays Put handset on BASE to register, please start again from Step 1 above. NOTES:

You cannot register a handset if any other system handset is in use. Registration slots are full shows on the base screen while you are doing Step 3 above. 136 Put Handset on BASE to register Registering... Please wait Registering handset... HANDSET X registered HANDSET X registered Appendix Replace a handset If you want to replace a handset or reassign the designated handset number of a registered handset, you must deregister all the handsets and then individually register each handset. To make deregistration easier, read all of the instructions on this page before you begin. To deregister all handsets:

1. Deregister all devices?

Make sure that all handsets are out of the telephone base and chargers before you begin deregistration. Press and hold /HANDSET LOCATOR on the telephone base for about 10 seconds until the base screen shows Deregister all devices?, then release /HANDSET LOCATOR. Quickly press /HANDSET LOCATOR again. You must press /HANDSET LOCATOR within 5 seconds. If the telephone base returns to the idle screen, start again with Step 1 above. The telephone base shows Please wait... and then returns to the idle screen. All system handsets show Put handset on BASE to register and you hear a confirmation tone when the deregistration completes. The deregistration process takes about 10 seconds to complete. After deregistering, register each handset again individually. See Adding and registering handsets (optional) on page 136. 2. 3. 4. 5. NOTES:

If the deregistration process fails, you may need to reset the system and try again. To reset, unplug the power from the telephone base and plug it back in. You cannot deregister the handsets if any other system handset is in use. Even if the battery is depleted, you can still deregister the handsets by following the steps above. 137 Appendix Troubleshooting If you have difficulty with your telephone, please try the suggestions below. For customer service, or to purchase accessories or replacement parts, visit our website at www.telephones.att.com, or call 1 (800) 222-3111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. Have the serial number, found on the underside of your telephone, available when contacting for customer service. I cannot pair my cell phone to the telephone base. Make sure you have cellular coverage. Make sure your cell phone is compatible with your TL96271/TL96371/

TL96471. Check the Bluetooth compatibility list at www.telephones.att.com. Make sure the Bluetooth function of your cell phone is turned on. See the users manual of your cell phone for more information. Make sure that you set your cell phone to search for devices. If the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 is in your cell phone device history list, delete it and try pairing again. Carefully follow the pairing instructions on pages 19-20 and make sure that your cell phone is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Turn off your cell phone, then turn it on again. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the units electrical power. Wait for approximately 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Repeat the above suggestions. I cannot pair my headset to the telephone base. Make sure that your Bluetooth headset is in discoverable mode when pairing with the telephone base. See the users manual of your headset for more information on how to set your headset to discoverable mode. Make sure your headset is compatible with your TL96271/TL96371/

TL96471. Check the Bluetooth compatibility list at www.telephones.att.com. Carefully follow the pairing instructions on pages 21-22 and make sure that your headset is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the units electrical power. Wait for approximately 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Repeat the above suggestions. I cannot connect my cell phone with the telephone base. Make sure that the Bluetooth function of your cell phone is turned on. See the users manual of your cell phone for more information. Make sure that your Bluetooth cell phone is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Turn off your cell phone, then turn it on again. Make sure that your cell phone is on the active devices list. 138 Appendix Troubleshooting For some cell phones, you must authorize the TL96271/TL96371/

TL96471 device in your cell phones Bluetooth feature. See the users manual of your cell phone for more information. Manually connect your cell phone to the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471. Refer to the users manual of your cell phone for more information. I cannot connect my headset with the telephone base. Make sure that your Bluetooth headset is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. Make sure that your headset is on the active devices list. I cannot put my headset in discoverable mode. Refer to the users manual of your headset for information on how to set your headset to discoverable mode. Make sure that the headset is not connected to any other Bluetooth device in order to successfully pair and connect to the telephone base. Carefully follow the pairing process on pages 21-22. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the units electrical power. Wait for approximately 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Repeat the above suggestions. I dont know how to search for or add new devices on my cell phone. Most cell phones have the Bluetooth feature in the connection or setup menus. Please refer to the users manual of your cell phone. In general, press the menu key on your cell phone, then look for the Bluetooth menu in the settings or connection menu. In the Bluetooth menu, select the option to search for or add new devices. My cell phone disconnects with the telephone base. Turn off your cell phone, then turn it on again. Make sure that you are not using your cell phone when on a cell call. My cell phone is connected to the telephone base, but I cannot make a cell call. Make sure that your cell phone is not in use when you are trying to make a cell call. For some smartphones, make sure that the cellular function is turned on. Bluetooth system busy appears on the display. Make sure that your cell phone is not in use when connected and on the active devices list. Make sure that your cell phone or headset is not connected to any other Bluetooth device. TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 can only use one Bluetooth device at a time. 139 Appendix Troubleshooting The PIN on the telephone base does not work. The default PIN is 0000. If you have changed the PIN, it will appear on the telephone base in the pairing process. I cannot hear any audio on my telephone system when on a cell call. Make sure that your cell phones volume is set to maximum. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the units electrical power. Wait for approximately 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Turn off your cell phone, then turn it on again. The listening volume of my cell call is too loud or quiet. During a cell call, if the listening volume is too loud or quiet, try changing the volume on your cell phone. On some cell phones, changing the volume on the cell phone effects your cell call volume on the TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471. I cannot download contacts from my cell phone to my TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471. Make sure that your cell phone is paired and connected to the base. Make sure you place your cell phone next to the base while downloading. I see duplicate entries in my downloaded directory If you see duplicate directory entries, you can delete them manually. Another option is to download again either your SIM card or phone memory, but not both. Some of my cell phone contacts were not imported to my TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471. Try copying the contacts from your SIM card to your cell phone memory first, then download from your phone memory. If that doesnt work, try copying the contacts from your cell phone memory to your SIM card, then download from your SIM card. For more information on how to transfer contacts between your SIM card and your phone memory, refer to the users manual of your cell phone. Can the TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 help the poor cell phone reception in my house?

If your cell phone has poor reception in your home, the TL96271/

TL96371/TL96471 cannot improve the reception. However, if you have a location in your house with better reception, you can leave your cell phone in that location while you use TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 cell line. In order for this to work, the cell phone must be within 30 feet of the telephone base for optimal performance. 140 Appendix Troubleshooting My phone doesnt work at all. Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in. Make sure that the battery connector is securely plugged into the cordless handset. Make sure the telephone line cord is securely and firmly plugged into the telephone base and the telephone wall jack. Charge the battery in the cordless handset for at least 16 hours. For optimum daily performance, return the cordless handset to the telephone base or charger when not in use. If the battery is depleted, charge the handset for at least 30 minutes before you use it. Refer to page 14 for details. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the electrical power. Wait for approximately 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Allow up to one minute for the cordless handset and telephone base to reset. You may need to purchase a new battery. Please refer to Battery installation and charging (pages 13-14) in this users manual. I cannot get a dial tone. First try all the suggestions above. Move the cordless handset closer to the telephone base. You might have moved out of range. Disconnect the telephone base from the telephone jack and connect to a different phone. If there is no dial tone on that phone either, the problem is in your wiring or telephone service. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). Your line cord may be defective. Install a new telephone line cord. 141 Appendix Troubleshooting I cannot dial out. Try all the suggestions in I cannot get a dial tone on page 141. Make sure you have a dial tone before dialing. The cordless handset may take a second or two to find the telephone base and produce a dial tone. This is normal. Wait an extra second before dialing. Eliminate any background noise. Noise from a television, radio or other appliances may cause the phone to not dial out properly. If you cannot eliminate the background noise, first try muting the cordless handset before dialing, or dialing from another room in your home with less background noise. Disconnect the telephone base from the telephone wall jack and plug in a working telephone. If the other phones in your home are having the same problem, the problem is in your wiring or telephone service. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). My cordless handset isnt performing normally. Make sure the power cord is securely plugged into the telephone base. Plug the power adapter into a different working electrical outlet not controlled by a wall switch. Move the cordless handset closer to the telephone base. You might have moved out of range. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the electrical power. Wait for 15 seconds then plug it back in. Allow up to one minute for the cordless handset and telephone base to reset. Other electronic products such as HAM radios and other DECT phones can cause interference to your cordless telephone. Try installing your telephone as far away as possible from these types of electronic devices. The handset registration is unsuccessful. Follow the steps below to register the handset again. 1. Make sure the handset is out of the telephone base or charger and shows Put handset on BASE to register before you begin registration. 2. Put the handset you wish to register on the telephone base cradle, not the charger. 3. The handset displays Registering handset..., and the telephone base screen displays Registering... Please wait. It takes about 90 seconds to complete the registration process. The handset displays HANDSET X Registered

(X represents the registered handset number), and beeps when registration completes. Refer to Adding and registering handsets on page 136 for details. 142 Appendix Troubleshooting Out of range OR no power at base appears on my cordless handset. Ensure that the telephone base is powered up. Move the cordless handset closer to the telephone base. You might have moved out of range. Reset the telephone base. Unplug the electrical power. Wait for 15 seconds then plug it back in. Allow up to one minute for the cordless handset and telephone base to reset. Other electronic products such as HAM radios and other DECT phones can cause interference to your cordless telephone. Try installing your telephone as far away as possible from these types of electronic devices. The batteries do not hold a charge. If the cordless handset is in the charger and the charge light does not come on, refer to The charge light is off (page 146) in this Troubleshooting guide. Charge the battery in the cordless handset for at least 16 hours. For optimum daily performance, return the cordless handset to the telephone base or charger when not in use. If the battery is depleted, it may take approximately ten minutes to charge the handset before it shows Low battery, refer to page 14 for details. You may need to purchase a new battery. Please refer to Battery installation and charging (pages 13-14) in this users manual. I get noise, static, or a weak signal even when Im near the telephone base. If you subscribe to high-speed Internet service (digital subscriber line - DSL) through your telephone lines, you must install a DSL filter between the telephone line cord and the telephone wall jack (see page 11). The filter prevents noise and caller ID problems caused by DSL interference. Please contact your DSL service provider for more information about DSL filters. You may be able to improve the performance of your cordless phone by installing your new telephone base as far as possible from any other existing cordless telephone system that may already be installed. Other electronic products such as HAM radios and other DECT phones can cause interference to your cordless telephone. Try installing your telephone as far away as possible from these types of electronic devices. Do not install this phone near a microwave oven or on the same electrical outlet. You may experience decreased performance while the microwave oven is operating. 143 Appendix Troubleshooting If your phone is plugged in with a modem or a surge protector, plug the phone (or modem/surge protector) into a different location. If this doesnt solve the problem, relocate your phone or modem farther apart from one another, or use a different surge protector. Relocate your phone to a higher location. The phone may have better reception when installed in a high area. Disconnect the telephone base from the telephone wall jack and plug in a working telephone. If the other phones in your home are having the same problem, the problem is in your wiring or telephone service. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). I experience poor sound quality when using the speakerphone. For increased sound quality while using the speakerphone, place the handset on a flat surface with the dial pad facing up. When using a speakerphone, controlling background noise in your environment is essential. While you are listening to your party, press MUTE/DELETE to temporarily turn your microphone off. When it is your turn to speak, remember to press MUTE/DELETE again to turn the microphone on. Excessive background noise will cause a speakerphone to fade in and out. Try controlling the background noise by turning off any audio devices near the speakerphone. Also, try to avoid interrupting the person at the other end of the conversation while they are speaking. If background noise cannot be controlled, you should terminate speakerphone operation and return to normal handset mode. I hear other calls while using my phone. Disconnect the telephone base from the telephone wall jack and plug in a working telephone. If the other phones in your home are having the same problem, the problem is in your wiring or telephone service. Call your telephone service provider (charges may apply). While on a call or playing messages, there is too much noise, or the voice sounds tinny, shrill or flat. While on a call or playing messages, press the EQ the handset until you find the settings that sounds the best (page 65). button on the side of 144 Appendix Troubleshooting My cordless handset does not ring when I receive a call. Make sure that the ringer is not turned off. Refer to Ringer volume on page 31 in this users manual. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged securely into the telephone base and the telephone jack. Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in. The cordless handset may be too far from the telephone base. Charge the battery in the cordless handset for at least 16 hours. For optimum daily performance, return the cordless handset to the charger when not in use. You may have too many extension phones on your telephone line to allow all of them to ring simultaneously. Try unplugging some of the other phones. The layout of your home or office might be limiting the operating range. Try moving the telephone base to another location, preferably to a higher location. Disconnect the telephone base from the telephone wall jack and plug in a working telephone. If the other phones in your home are having the same problem, the problem is in your wiring or telephone service. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). Test a working phone at the phone jack. If the other phone has the same problem, the problem is the phone jack. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). Other electronic products such as HAM radios and other DECT phones can cause interference to your cordless telephone. Try installing your telephone as far away as possible from these types of electronic devices. Completely remove the battery. Replace the battery and place the cordless handset in the telephone base. Wait for the cordless handset to reestablish its connection with the telephone base. Allow up to one minute for this to take place. Your line cord might be defective. Try installing a new line cord. 145 Appendix Troubleshooting My calls cut in and out while Im using my cordless handset. Other electronic products such as HAM radios and other DECT phones can cause interference to your cordless telephone. Try installing your telephone as far away as possible from these types of electronic devices. Do not install this phone near a microwave oven or on the same electrical outlet. You may experience decreased performance while the microwave oven is operating. If you plug your phone in with a modem or surge protector, plug the phone (or modem/surge protector) into a different location. If this doesnt solve the problem, relocate your phone or modem farther apart from one another, or use a different surge protector. Relocate your telephone base to a higher location. The phone may have better reception when installed in a high area. If the other phones in your home are having the same problem, the problem is in your wiring or local service. Contact your telephone service provider (charges may apply). Excessive background noise will cause a speakerphone to fade in and out. Try controlling the background noise by turning off any audio devices near the speakerphone. Also, try to avoid interrupting the person at the other end of the conversation while they are speaking. If background noise cannot be controlled, you should stop speakerphone operation and return to normal handset mode. When using a speakerphone, controlling background noise in your environment is essential. While you are listening to your party press MUTE/DELETE to temporarily turn your microphone off. When it is your turn to speak, remember to press MUTE/DELETE to turn the microphone on. The charge light is off. Make sure the power and line cords are plugged in correctly and securely. Unplug the electrical power. Wait for 15 seconds, then plug it back in. Allow up to one minute for the cordless handset and telephone base to reset. Clean the cordless handset and telephone base charging contacts each month using a pencil eraser or cloth. 146 Appendix Troubleshooting My caller ID isnt working. Caller ID is a subscription service. You must subscribe to this service from your telephone service provider for this feature to work on your phone. The caller must be calling from an area that supports caller ID. Both your and your callers telephone service providers must use caller ID compatible equipment. If you subscribe to high-speed Internet service (digital subscriber line - DSL) through your telephone lines, you must install a DSL filter between the telephone line cord and the telephone wall jack (see page 11). The filter prevents noise and caller ID problems caused by DSL interference. Please contact your DSL service provider for more information about DSL filters. My telephone does not receive caller ID when on a call. Make sure you subscribe to caller ID with call waiting features provided by your telephone service provider. Caller ID features work only if both you and the caller are in areas offering caller ID service, and if both telephone companies use compatible equipment. show on the display and I dont know why. Your telephone has voicemail indication that is separate from the built-in answering system. If appears on the display, then your telephone has received a signal from your telephone service provider that you have a voicemail message waiting for you to retrieve from your telephone service provider. Contact your telephone service provider for more information on how to access your voicemail. Voicemail and I cannot retrieve voicemail messages. Your telephone has both a built-in answering system and voicemail indication. They are independent features and each alerts you to new messages differently (page 122). If you subscribe to voicemail service from your telephone service provider (charges may apply), contact your telephone service provider for more information on how to access your voicemail. I am receiving incomplete messages. If a caller leaves a very long message, part of it may be lost when the system disconnects the call after the maximum recording time you have set (see Recording time on page 121). If the caller pauses for longer than seven seconds, the system stops recording and disconnects the call. If the systems memory becomes full during a message, the system stops recording and disconnects the call. If the callers voice is very soft, the system may stop recording and disconnect the call. 147 Appendix Troubleshooting I am having difficulty in hearing messages. Press VOLUME Press /VOL to increase the listening volume on a handset. to increase speaker volume on the telephone base. The answering system does not answer after the correct number of rings. Make sure the answering system is on. When the answering system is on, ANS ON should show on the handset and the ANS ON light is lit on the telephone base (page 113). If toll saver is selected, the number of rings changes to two when there are new messages waiting (page 118). If the memory is full or the system is off, the system answers after 10 rings. In some cases, the answering system is affected by the ringing system used by the telephone service provider. If you subscribe to voicemail service, change the number of rings so that your answering system answers before your voicemail answers (page 122). To determine how many rings activate your voicemail, please contact your telephone service provider. If there is a fax machine connected to the same telephone line, try disconnecting the fax machine. If that solves the problem, consult your fax machine documentation for information on compatibility with answering systems. The answering system announces Time and day not set. You need to set the date and time (pages 33 and 50). The answering system does not respond to remote commands. Make sure to enter your remote access code correctly (page 128). Make sure you are calling from a touch-tone phone. When you dial a number, you should hear tones. If you hear clicks, the phone is not a touch-tone telephone and cannot activate the answering system. The answering system may not detect the remote access code while your announcement is playing. Try waiting until the announcement is over before entering the code. There may be interference on the phone line you are using. Press the dial pad keys firmly. 148 Appendix Troubleshooting The answering system does not record messages. Make sure the answering system is on (page 113). Make sure the memory of the answering system is not full. When the answering machine memory is full, it does not record new messages until some old messages are deleted. If you subscribe to voicemail service, change the number of rings so that your answering system answers before your voicemail answers (page 122). To determine how many rings activate your voicemail, please contact your telephone service provider. If there is a fax machine connected to the same telephone line, try disconnecting the fax machine. If that solves the problem, consult your fax machine documentation for information on compatibility with answering systems. The outgoing announcement is not clear. When you record your announcement, make sure you speak in a normal tone of voice, about nine inches from the telephone base. Make sure there is no background noise (TV, music, etc.) while recording. I subscribe to a nontraditional telephone service that uses my computer to establish connections, and my telephone doesnt work. Make sure your computer is powered on. Make sure your Internet connection is working properly. Make sure that the software is installed and running for your nontraditional telephone service. Make sure to plug your USB telephone adapter into a dedicated USB port on your computer. Do not plug into a multiple port USB hub (USB splitter) that is not powered. In a few rare instances, the USB port on your computer may not have enough power. In these instances, try using a USB hub with its own external power supply. If you are using a firewall, it may prevent access to your nontraditional telephone service provider. Contact your service provider for more information. 149 Appendix Troubleshooting Common cure for electronic equipment:

If the telephone is not responding normally, try resetting the telephone. Do the following in the order listed:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the power to the telephone base. Disconnect the cordless handset battery, and spare battery, if applicable. Wait a few minutes. Connect power to the telephone base. Completely remove the battery. Replace the battery and place the cordless handset into the telephone base. Wait for the cordless handset to reestablish its connection with the telephone base. Allow up to one minute for this to take place. 6. 150 Appendix Maintenance Taking care of your telephone Your cordless telephone contains sophisticated electronic parts, so it must be treated with care. Avoid rough treatment. Place the handset down gently. Save the original packing materials to protect your telephone if you ever need to ship it. Avoid water Your telephone can be damaged if it gets wet. Do not use the handset in the rain, or handle it with wet hands. Do not install the telephone base near a sink, bathtub or shower. Electrical storms Electrical storms can sometimes cause power surges harmful to electronic equipment. For your own safety, take caution when using electric appliances during storms. Cleaning your telephone Your telephone has a durable plastic casing that should retain its luster for many years. Clean it only with a soft cloth slightly dampened with water or a mild soap. Do not use excess water or cleaning solvents of any kind. Remember that electrical appliances can cause serious injury if used when you are wet or standing in water. If the telephone base should fall into water, DO NOT RETRIEVE IT UNTIL YOU UNPLUG THE POWER CORD AND TELEPHONE LINE CORDS FROM THE WALL. Then pull the telephone out by the unplugged cords. 151 Appendix Important safety information This symbol is to alert you to important operating or servicing instructions that may appear in this users manual. Always follow basic safety precautions when using this product to reduce the risk of injury, fire, or electric shock. Safety information Read and understand all instructions in the users manual. Observe all markings on the product. Avoid using a telephone during a thunderstorm. There might be a slight chance of electric shock from lightning. Do not use a telephone in the vicinity of a gas leak. Under certain circumstances, a spark may be created when the adapter is plugged into the power outlet, or when the handset is replaced in its cradle. This is a common event associated with the closing of any electrical circuit. The user should not plug the phone into a power outlet, and should not put a charged handset into the cradle, if the phone is located in an environment containing concentrations of flammable or flame-supporting gases, unless there is adequate ventilation. A spark in such an environment could create a fire or explosion. Such environments might include: medical use of oxygen without adequate ventilation; industrial gases (cleaning solvents; gasoline vapors; etc.); a leak of natural gas; etc. Do not use this product near water, or when you are wet. For example, do not use it in a wet basement or shower, or next to a swimming pool, bathtub, kitchen sink, or laundry tub. Do not use liquids or aerosol sprays for cleaning. If the product comes in contact with any liquids, unplug any line or power cord immediately. Do not plug the product back in until it has dried thoroughly. Install this product in a protected location where no one can trip over any line or power cords. Protect cords from damage or abrasion. If this product does not operate normally, read the Troubleshooting section on pages 138-150 of this users manual. If you cannot solve the problem, or if the product is damaged, refer to the Limited warranty section on pages 156-157. Do not open this product except as may be directed in your users manual. Opening the product or reassembling it incorrectly may expose you to hazardous voltages or other risks. Replace batteries only as described in your users manual (pages 13-14). Do not burn or puncture batteries they contain caustic chemicals. The power adapters are intended to be correctly oriented in a vertical or floor mount position. The prongs are not designed to hold the plug in place if it is plugged into a ceiling, under-the-table or cabinet outlet. CAUTION: Use only the power adapter provided with this product. To obtain a replacement, visit our website at www.telephones.att.com, or call 1 (800) 2223111. In Canada, dial 1 (866) 288-4268. Especially about cordless telephones Privacy: The same features that make a cordless telephone convenient create some limitations. Telephone calls are transmitted between the telephone base and the handset by radio waves, so there is a possibility that your cordless telephone conversations could be intercepted by radio receiving equipment within range of the cordless handset. For this reason, you should not think of cordless telephone conversations as being as private as those on . telephones. Electrical power: The telephone base of this cordless telephone must be connected to a working electrical outlet which is not controlled by a wall switch. Calls cannot be made from the handset if the telephone base is unplugged, switched off or if the electrical power is interrupted. 152 Appendix Important safety information Potential TV interference: Some cordless telephones operate at frequencies that may cause interference to TVs and VCRs. To minimize or prevent such interference, do not place the telephone base of the cordless telephone near or on top of a TV or VCR. If interference is experienced, moving the cordless telephone farther away from the TV or VCR will often reduce or eliminate the interference. Rechargeable batteries: This product contains nickel-metal hydride rechargeable batteries. Exercise care in handling batteries in order not to create a short circuit with conductive material such as rings, bracelets, and keys. The battery or conductor may overheat and cause harm. Observe proper polarity between the battery and the battery charger. Nickel-metal hydride rechargeable batteries: Dispose of these batteries in a safe manner. Do not burn or puncture. Like other batteries of this type, if burned or punctured, they could release caustic material which could cause injury. The RBRC Seal means that the manufacturer is voluntarily participating in an industry program to collect and recycle nickel-metal hydride rechargeable batteries when taken out of service within the United States. These batteries may be taken to a participating local retailer of replacement batteries or recycling center. Or you may call 1 (800) 8-

BATTERY for locations accepting spent Ni-MH batteries. Precautions for users of implanted cardiac pacemakers Cardiac pacemakers (applies only to digital cordless telephones): Wireless Technology Research, LLC (WTR), an independent research entity, led a multidisciplinary evaluation of the interference between portable wireless telephones and implanted cardiac pacemakers. Supported by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, WTR recommends to physicians that:

Pacemaker patients Should keep wireless telephones at least six inches from the pacemaker. Should NOT place wireless telephones directly over the pacemaker, such as in a breast pocket, when it is turned ON. Should use the wireless telephone at the ear opposite the pacemaker. WTRs evaluation did not identify any risk to bystanders with pacemakers from other persons using wireless telephones. Especially about telephone answering systems Two-way recording: This unit does not sound warning beeps to inform the other party that the call is being recorded. To ensure that you are in compliance with any federal or state regulations regarding recording a telephone call, you should start the recording process and then inform the other party that you are recording the conversation. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 153 Appendix FCC Part 68 and ACTA This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and with technical requirements adopted by the Administrative Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). The label on the back or bottom of this equipment contains, among other things, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. This identifier must be provided to your telephone service provider upon request. The plug and jack used to connect this equipment to premises wiring and the telephone network must comply with the applicable Part 68 rules and technical requirements adopted by ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. An RJ11 jack should normally be used for connecting to a single line and an RJ14 jack for two lines. See Installation Instructions in the users manual. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine how many devices you may connect to your telephone line and still have them ring when you are called. The REN for this product is encoded as the 6th and 7th characters following the US: in the product identifier (e.g., if ## is 03, the REN is 0.3). In most, but not all areas, the sum of all RENs should be five (5.0) or less. For more information, please contact your telephone service provider. This equipment may not be used with Party Lines. If you have specially wired alarm dialing equipment connected to your telephone line, ensure the connection of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable the alarm equipment, consult your telephone service provider or a qualified installer. If this equipment is malfunctioning, it must be unplugged from the modular jack until the problem has been corrected. Repairs to this telephone equipment can only be made by the manufacturer or its authorized agents. For repair procedures, follow the instructions outlined under the Limited Warranty. If this equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone service provider may temporarily discontinue your telephone service. The telephone service provider is required to notify you before interrupting service. If advance notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will be given the opportunity to correct the problem and the telephone service provider is required to inform you of your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone service provider may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operation, or procedures that could affect the proper functioning of this product. The telephone service provider is required to notify you if such changes are planned. If this product is equipped with a corded or cordless handset, it is hearing aid compatible. Remain on the line and briefly explain the reason for the call before hanging up. Perform such activities in off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening. If this product has memory dialing locations, you may choose to store emergency telephone numbers (e.g., police, fire, medical) in these locations. If you do store or test emergency numbers, please:

Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The term IC: before the certification/registration number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) for this terminal equipment is 0.7. The REN is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five. This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. 154 Appendix FCC Part 15 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the requirements for a Class B digital device under Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules. These requirements are intended to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Privacy of communications may not be ensured when using this telephone. To ensure safety of users, the FCC has established criteria for the amount of radio frequency energy that can be safely absorbed by a user or bystander according to the intended usage of the product. This product has been tested and found to comply with the FCC criteria. The handset may be safely held against the ear of the user. The telephone base shall be installed and used such that parts of the users body other than the hands are maintained at a distance of approximately 20cm (8 inches) or more. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. This device complies with RSS-310 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful interference. 155 Appendix Limited warranty The AT&T brand is used under license - any repair, replacement or warranty service, and all questions about this product should be directed to: In the United States of America, call 1 (800) 222-3111 or visit www.telephones.att.com; in Canada, call 1 (866) 288-4268. 1. What does this limited warranty cover?

The manufacturer of this AT&T-branded product warrants to the holder of a valid proof of purchase (CONSUMER or you) that the product and all accessories provided in the sales package (PRODUCT) are free from defects in material and workmanship, pursuant to the following terms and conditions, when installed and used normally and in accordance with the PRODUCT operating instructions. This limited warranty extends only to the CONSUMER for products purchased and used in the United States of America and Canada. 2. 3. 4. What will be done if the PRODUCT is not free from defects in materials and workmanship during the limited warranty period (materially defective PRODUCT)?

During the limited warranty period, the manufacturers authorized service representative repairs or replaces at the manufacturers option, without charge, a materially defective PRODUCT. If the manufacturer repairs the PRODUCT, they may use new or refurbished replacement parts. If the manufacturer chooses to replace the PRODUCT, they may replace it with a new or refurbished PRODUCT of the same or similar design. The manufacturer retains the defective parts, modules, or equipment. Repair or replacement of the PRODUCT, at the manufacturers option, is your exclusive remedy. The manufacturer returns the repaired or replacement products to you in working condition. You should expect the repair or replacement to take approximately 30 days. How long is the limited warranty period?

The limited warranty period for the PRODUCT extends for ONE (1) YEAR from the date of purchase. If the manufacturer repairs or replaces a materially defective PRODUCT under the terms of this limited warranty, this limited warranty also applies to repaired or replacement PRODUCT for a period of either (a) 90 days from the date the repaired or replacement PRODUCT is shipped to you or (b) the time remaining on the original one-year limited warranty; whichever is longer. What is not covered by this limited warranty?

This limited warranty does not cover:

PRODUCT that has been subjected to misuse, accident, shipping or other physical damage, improper installation, abnormal operation or handling, neglect, inundation, fire, water, or other liquid intrusion; or PRODUCT that has been damaged due to repair, alteration, or modification by anyone other than an authorized service representative of the manufacturer; or PRODUCT to the extent that the problem experienced is caused by signal conditions, network reliability or cable or antenna systems; or PRODUCT to the extent that the problem is caused by use with non-AT&T accessories; or PRODUCT whose warranty/quality stickers, PRODUCT serial number plates or electronic serial numbers have been removed, altered or rendered illegible; or PRODUCT purchased, used, serviced, or shipped for repair from outside the United States of America or Canada, or used for commercial or institutional purposes (including but not limited to products used for rental purposes); or PRODUCT returned without a valid proof of purchase (see item 6 below); or Charges for installation or setup, adjustment of customer controls, and installation or repair of systems outside the unit. 156 Appendix Limited warranty 5. 6. 7. How do you get warranty service?

To obtain warranty service in the United States of America, visit www.telephones.att.com or call 1 (800) 222-3111; in Canada, please dial 1 (866) 288-4268. NOTE: Before calling for service, please review the users manual. A check of the PRODUCTs controls and features might save you a service call. Except as provided by applicable law, you assume the risk of loss or damage during transit and transportation and are responsible for delivery or handling charges incurred in the transport of the PRODUCT(s) to the service location. The manufacturer will return repaired or replaced PRODUCT under this limited warranty. Transportation, delivery or handling charges are prepaid. The manufacturer assumes no risk for damage or loss of the PRODUCT in transit. If the PRODUCT failure is not covered by this limited warranty, or proof of purchase does not meet the terms of this limited warranty, the manufacturer notifies you and requests that you authorize the cost of repair prior to any further repair activity. You must pay for the cost of repair and return shipping costs for the repair of products that are not covered by this limited warranty. What must you return with the PRODUCT to get warranty service?

You must:

a. Return the entire original package and contents including the PRODUCT to the service location along with a description of the malfunction or difficulty; and Include valid proof of purchase (sales receipt) identifying the PRODUCT purchased

(PRODUCT model) and the date of purchase or receipt; and Provide your name, complete and correct mailing address, and telephone number. b. c. Other limitations This warranty is the complete and exclusive agreement between you and the manufacturer of this AT&T branded PRODUCT. It supersedes all other written or oral communications related to this PRODUCT. The manufacturer provides no other warranties for this PRODUCT. The warranty exclusively describes all of the manufacturers responsibilities regarding the PRODUCT. There are no other express warranties. No one is authorized to make modifications to this limited warranty and you should not rely on any such modification. State/Provincial Law Rights: This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you might also have other rights that vary from state to state or province to province. Limitations: Implied warranties, including those of fitness for a particular purpose and merchantability (an unwritten warranty that the PRODUCT is fit for ordinary use) are limited to one year from date of purchase. Some states/provinces do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation might not apply to you. In no event shall the manufacturer be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential, or similar damages (including, but not limited to lost profits or revenue, inability to use the PRODUCT or other associated equipment, the cost of substitute equipment, and claims by third parties) resulting from the use of this PRODUCT. Some states/provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. Please retain your original sales receipt as proof of purchase. 157 Appendix Technical specifications RF frequency band 1921.536MHz 1928.448MHz Channels 5 Operating temperature Telephone base voltage

(AC voltage, 60Hz) Telephone base voltage

(AC adapter output) 32F 122F 0C 50C 96 129 Vrms 6VDC @600mA Handset voltage 2.4 3.2 VDC Charger voltage

(AC adapter output) Operating times*

6VAC @300mA Talk time (handset): up to seven hours Talk time (speakerphone): up to five hours Standby: up to seven days

* Operating times vary depending on your actual use and the age of the battery. DECT 6.0 digital technology The AT&T DECT 6.0 products offer unsurpassed range performance and sound clarity. This is achieved through a unique antenna design and advances in noise-filtering technology. An independent laboratory has confirmed that AT&T DECT 6.0 products perform up to 45% better in range competitions. Now calls can be taken in the basement, backyard and garage with exceptional sound quality. Telephone operating range This cordless telephone operates within the maximum power allowed by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). Even so, this handset and telephone base can communicate over only a certain distance which can vary with the locations of the telephone base and handset, the weather, and the construction of your home or office. Redefining long range coverage and clarity This telephone base comes with an antenna which gives much better clarity and covers a longer range than before. HD audio HD audio improves sound quality by expanding and rebuilding frequencies that are lost with traditional phone calls. There is no additional telephone service requirement to use HD audio. It is designed to work with standard telephone service. Your system will automatically enhance all received sound with HD audio. 158 Index Index A Active devices, 26 Add a Bluetooth headset, 21 Add a cell phone, 19 Add a handset, 136 Alert tones, 131 Alphabetical search, 95 Answer a cell call, 58 Answer a cell call while on a home call, 60 Answer a home call, 56 Answering system and voicemail, 122 Answering system settings, 114 Answer on/off, 113 Appendix, 129 B Battery charging, 13 Battery installation, 13 Bluetooth connection from idle mode, 26 Bluetooth glossary, 18 Bluetooth operation, 17 Bluetooth setup, 19 C Caller ID, 104 Caller ID Announce, 52 Caller ID history, 105 Call intercept, 123 Call log, 105 Call log display screen messages, 112 Call screening, 117 Call waiting on the cell line, 59 Call waiting on the home line, 58 Cell area code, 42, 54 Cell call, 58 Cell phone download directory, 27 Chain dialing, 66 Change a one-to-one PTT to intercom call, 85 Change PIN, 30 Charger installation, 12 Charging, 14 Clear the voicemail indication, 46 Clock, 13, 33, 50 Connect an active device, 23 Create a new directory entry, 89 D Date, 13, 33, 50 Delete a directory entry, 99 Delete all old messages, 126 Delete a message, 124125 Delete a redial entry, 70 Delete the announcement, 116 Deregister handsets, 137 Dial a call log entry, 108 Dial a directory entry, 96 Dial mode, 39, 51 Directory, 27, 88 Disconnect an active device, 23 Display alerts, 35, 45 Download directory, 27 Download fail, 37, 47 E Edit a directory entry, 97 Edit the type of a directory entry, 99 End a cell call, 58 End a home call, 56 End a PTT call, 86 End mute, 64 Equalizer, 65 Expand your telephone system, 136 F Find handset, 71 Flash (switch hook flash), 58 G Glossary, 18 H Handset icons, 129 Handset lights, 131 Handset locator, 71 Handset ringer volume, 31, 32 Handset settings, 31 HD audio, 158 159 Index Index Headset, 21, 57 Hold, 65 Home area code, 41, 53 Home directory, 88 I Icons, 129 Important safety information, 152 Indicator lights, 131 Installation, 10 Intercom, 7374 Interruption to directory download, 29 K Key tone, 38, 48, 49 L Language, 44 Last number redial, 68 LCD Language, 34, 44 Lights, 131 Limited warranty, 156 Listening volume, 63 M Maintenance, 151 Make a cell call, 58 Make a home call, 56 Memory match, 105 Memos, 127 Message alert tone, 120 Message capacity, 123 Message playback, 124 Missed call indicator, 105 Missed calls, 35, 45 Mute, 64 N No home line, 37, 47 Number of rings, 118 O Operating range, 158 P Paging, 71 Pair a cell phone, 19 Pair a headset, 21 Paired devices, 23 Phonebook (directory), 88 Play memos, 127 Predialing, 56 PTT, 79 PTT to a group of handsets, 82 PTT to a single handset, 80 Pulse dialing, 39, 51 Push-to-talk, 79 R Record announcement, 115 Redial list, 68 Remote access code, 128 Remove a downloaded directory, 100 Remove a paired device, 24, 25 Rename a paired device, 23 Repeat messages, 124, 125 Replace a handset, 137 Review the active devices list, 23, 26 Review the directory, 94 Review the redial list, 68 Ringer mute, 63 Ringer tone, 32, 44 Ringer volume, 31, 43 S Safety information, 152 Save a call log entry to the directory, 109 Save a redial entry to the directory, 69 Screen display messages, 133 Search for a contact, 95 Set date/time, 13, 33, 50 Share an outside call, 72 Silence the ringer, 63 Skip messages, 124, 125 Speakerphone, 63 Stop messages, 124, 125 T Take a call off mute, 64 160 Index Index Technical specifications, 158 Telephone base installation, 11 Telephone base ringer volume, 43 Telephone operating range, 158 Telephone operation, 56 Telephone settings, 31 Temporary tone dialing, 64 Time, 13, 33, 50 Transfer a call, 77 Troubleshooting, 138 Turn on or off the answering system, 113 U Use a Bluetooth headset, 57 Using the home and cell lines together, 62 V View the directory download information, 29 Voice announce caller ID, 40, 52 Voicemail, 36, 46, 122 Volume, 31, 39, 43, 49, 55, 63, 124, 125 W Wall mounting, 15 Warranty, 156 Website, 40, 52 161 Remote access wallet card The wallet card below lists the commands needed to control your answering system from any touch-tone telephone. Cut along dotted line. Call your telephone number, then enter your two-digit remote access code

(preset to 19). Remote command Action Play all messages .....................1 Play new messages..................2 Delete the message.................3 (during message playback) Delete all old messages ........33 Repeat or go back ....................4 Fold here. Stop..................................................5 Help menu ....................................*5 Skip the message......................6 Record announcement ...........*7 Turn system on or off .............0 End remote access call ..........8 (or hang up) TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology wireless technology 2011 Advanced American Telephones. All Rights Reserved. AT&T and the AT&T logo are trademarks of AT&T Intellectual Property licensed to Advanced American Telephones, San Antonio, TX 78219. Printed in China. www.telephones.att.com The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Advanced American Telephones and its parent, VTech Holdings Limited, is under license. VTech Holdings Limited is a member of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 2011 Advanced American Telephones. All Rights Reserved. AT&T and the AT&T logo are trademarks of AT&T Intellectual Property licensed to Advanced American Telephones, San Antonio, TX 78219. Printed in China. Issue 1 AT&T 02/11. Guide dutilisation Tlphone sans fil DECT 6,0 dot de la technologie sans fil BLUETOOTHMD TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 TL96371/TL96471 TL96471 Flicitations pour votre achat dun nouvel appareil dAT&T. Avant dutiliser votre tlphone AT&T, veuillez lire la section Mesures de scurit importantes de la page 75 78 de ce guide dutilisation. Veuillez prendre le temps de consulter en entier ce guide afin de vous assurer de linstaller correctement, de bnficier des nombreuses fonctions et de dpannage ncessaires linstallation et au fonctionnement de votre nouvel appareil dAT&T. Vous pouvez galement visiter notre site Web au www.telephones.att.com ou communiquez avec nous au 1 (866) 288-4268 au Canada et 1 (800) 222-3111 aux tats-Unis. No modle:

TL96271 (un combin) TL96371 (deux combins) TL96471 (trois combins) Tlphone sans fil DECT 6,0 dot de la technologie sans fil BluetoothMD Type:

No srie:

Date dachat:

Endroit de lachat:

Le numro de modle et le numro de srie de votre appareil AT&T se trouvent sous le socle. Conservez votre facture et les matriaux demballage pour le cas o vous deviez lenvoyer en rparation sous garantie. Compatible with Hearing Aid T-Coil Les tlphones identifis par ce logo offrent une rduction du bruit et des interfrences lorsquutiliss avec des appareils auditifs et des implants cochlaires dots dune bobine T-Coil. Le logo dhomologation TIA-1083 est une marque de commerce de Telecommunications Industry Association. Utilis sous licence. T TIA-1083 Le programme ENERGY STARMD (www.energystar. gov) reconnat et encourage lutilisation de produits qui conomisent lnergie et contribuent la protection de lenvironnement. Nous sommes fiers dapposer le logo ENERGY STARMD sur ce produit, indiquant ainsi quil rpond aux normes de rendement nergtique les plus rcentes. Le nom et le logo BluetoothMD appartiennent Bluetooth SIG, Inc. et lutilisation par Advanced American Telephones et ses filiales, VTech Holdings lte est utilis sous licence. VTech Holdings lte est membre de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Toutes les autres marques de commerce appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. 2011 par Advanced American Telephones. Tous droits rservs. AT&T et le logo dAT&T sont des marques de commerce dAT&T Intellectual Property est authoris sous licence par Advanced American Telephones, San Antonio, TX 78219. Imprim en Chine.. Nomenclature des pices Lemballage du tlphone comporte les articles suivants. Sauvegardez votre facture dachat et lemballage original pour le cas o vous deviez lenvoyer en service sous garantie. Users manual TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Quick start guide TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 DECT 6.0 cordless telephone/

answering system with BLUETOOTH wireless technology Guide dutilisation Guide de dpart rapide Combin sans fil

(2 pour le TL96271)

(3 pour le TL96371)

(4 pour le TL96471) Socle du tlphone 2

. 4 V 4 0 0 m A h N i

M H B T 1 8 3 3 4 2 B T 2 8 3 3 4 2

B Y 1 0 2 1 Chargeur pour le combin sans fil avec adaptateur install

(1 pour le TL96271)

(2 pour le TL96371)

(3 pour le TL96471) Bloc-piles pour combin sans fil

(2 pour le TL96271)

(3 pour le TL96371)

(4 pour le TL96471) Couvercle des piles

(2 pour le TL96271)

(3 pour le TL96371)

(4 pour le TL96471) Fil tlphonique Adaptateur pour le socle Guide dutilisation Tlphone sans fil DECT 6,0 dot de la technologie sans fil BluetoothMD TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 Table des matires Comment dbuter Guide de rfrence rapide combin ........................................... 1 combin socle .................................................. 3 Icne de statut du combin......... 4 Installation............................................ 5 Installation du socle ........................ 7 Installation du chargeur................. 8 Installation et charge du bloc-piles.................................. 9 Options dinstallation..........................11 Bluetooth Introduction Bluetooth.............16 Glossaire..............................................17 Rglages Bluetooth........................18 Rglages du combin Menu principal du combin........21 Rglages du combin....................22 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin ....27 Options pendant un appel..........33 Composition la chane..............36 Interphone ..........................................37 Transfert dappel laide de linterphone de linterphone...........................39 Rpertoire propos du rpertoire.................41 Crer des entres dans le rpertoire le rpertoire.................................42 Rvision du rpertoire...................44 Recherche dans le rpertoire....45 Composer, effacer ou diter des entres ..................................46 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur..48 Rvision du rpertoire de lafficheur ...............................53 Appendice A, Tonalits dalerte et voyants .....55 Appendice B, Messages affichs lcran du combin ..................................56 Appendice C, Combin supplmentaire.................59 Table des matires Ajouter et initialisation des combins....................................60 Remplacer un combin .....................61 Appendice D, Dpannage .........................................62 Appendice E, Entretien ..............................................74 Appendice F, Mesures de scurit importantes..................................75 Appendice G, FCC, article 68 et ACTA................79 Appendice H, FCC, article 15 ..................................82 Appendice I, Garantie limite ...............................84 Appendice J, Spcifications techniques............88 Index...................................................90 Comment dbuter Guide de rfrence rapide combin Voyant CHARGE Allum lorsque le combin se recharge sur le socle ou le chargeur. CELLULAR Appuyez pour rpondre un appel CELLUAIRE. Clignote rapidement lorsque vous recevez un appel CELLULAIRE. Clignote lentement lorsquun appel CELLULAIRE est en attente. Pendant un appel CELLULAIRE, appuyez pour recevoir un appel entrant si lappel en attente est activ (page 30). HOME/FLASH Appuyez pour faire ou rpondre un appel MAISON. Clignote rapidement lorsque vous recevez un appel MAISON. Clignote lentement lorsquun appel MAISON est en attente. Pendant un appel MAISON, appuyez pour recevoir un appel entrant si lappel en attente est activ (page 27). SPEAKER Appuyez pour mettre le haut-

parleur mains libres du combin en fonction. Appuyez de nouveau pour reprendre lutilisation normale du combin (page 31). REDIAL/PAUSE Appuyez successivement pour visionner les cinq derniers numros composs (page 31). Pendant la saisir de numro, appuyez et maintenez enfonce pour insrer une pause dans la composition (pages 42 et 46). 1 DIR /

CID DIR pour afficher Appuyez sur les entres du rpertoire (page 44). Appuyez pour dfiler vers le haut dans les menus. Pendant la saisie de noms ou de numros, appuyez pour dplacer le curseur vers la droite. Appuyez pour augmenter le volume dcoute pendant un appel. Appuyez sur CID pour afficher le rpertoire de lafficheur (page 53). Appuyez pour dfiler vers le bas dans les menus. Pendant la saisie de noms ou de numros, appuyez pour dplacer le curseur vers la gauche. Appuyez pour diminuer le volume dcoute pendant un appel. MUTE/DELETE Pendant un appel, appuyez pour mettre le microphone en sourdine (page 34). Pendant la rvision du rpertoire de lafficheur, le rpertoire ou la mmoire de recomposition, appuyez pour effacer une entre individuelle (page 54, page 46 et page 31 respectivement). Pendant la prcomposition, appuyez pour effacer des chiffres

(page 26). OFF/CANCEL Pendant un appel MAISON ou CELLULAIRE, appuyez pour terminer lappel. Au menu, appuyez pour annuler une opration, retourner au menu prcdent ou quitter le menu affich. Comment dbuter Guide de rfrence rapide combin Menu des fonctions

> Mise en surbrillance d'une option du menu Menu des fonctions REPERTOIRE (page 41) HIST APPEL (page 48) INTERPHONE (page 37) - Cette fonction nest pas disponible sur le modle TL96271. VOL. SONNERIE (page 22) TONAL.SONNERIE (page 23) TONAL TOUCHES (page 24) LANGAGE (page 24) EFF MESS VOCAL (page 25) IND RG DOMES (page 26) Utilisation des menus Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour afficher le menu principal. Appuyez sur ou pour dfiler travers les options du menu. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour slectionner ou sauvegarder les changements effectus une option en surbrillance dans le menu. Appuyez sur au menu principal ou quitter le menu affich. OFF/CANCEL pour annuler une opration, retourner 2 Comment dbuter Guide de rfrence rapide - socle RECHERCHE DU COMBIN Appuyez pour mettre un bip afin de localiser les combins (page 32). 3 Comment dbuter Icnes du combin Ligne MAISON allum en feu fixe lorsque la ligne MAISON est en cours dutilisation. Ligne CELLULAIRE allum en feu fixe lorsque la ligne CELLULAIRE est en cours dutilisation. BLUETOOTH - allum en feu fixe lorsquun tlphone cellulaire est connect au socle. BOTE VOCALE - vous avez reu un message vocal sur votre ligne MAISON. HAUT-PARLEUR MAINS LIBRES - le haut-parleur mains libres est en cours dutilisation. Sonnerie hors fonction - la sonnerie du combin est hors fonction. tat de la pile - la pile se recharge (icne anime). tat de la pile - la pile est faible (clignotant); dposez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. MUET Le microphone est en sourdine. NOUV Appels manqus ou non rviss. L'appellation et les logos BluetoothMD sont des marques dposes appartenant la socit Bluetooth SIG inc. et toute utilisation de ces marques dposes par Advanced American Telephones et sa socit mre, VTech Holdings lte, est effectue sous licence. VTech Holdings lte est membre de Bluetooth SIG inc. Les autres marques de commerce et dnomination commerciales appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. 4 Comment dbuter Installation Vous devez installer et charger le bloc-piles avant dutiliser le tlphone. ARRT! Consultez les pages 9 et 10 pour connatre les instructions faciles. Installez le socle le plus prs possible dune prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Le socle doit tre install sur une surface plane ou install verticalement au mur (voir les pages 11-13). Pour une porte optimale et une meilleure rception, installez le socle dans un endroit central et ouvert. Vous pourriez entendre des interfrences si votre tlphone cellulaire est trop prs du socle de votre tlphone pendant un appel CELLULAIRE. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth se trouve entre un et douze pieds du socle du tlphone afin de maintenir une connexion sans interfrences et constante entre le tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth, le socle du tlphone et la tour cellulaire. Si vous tes abonn au service Internet haute vitesse par la ligne tlphonique

(DSL), vous devrez installer un filtre DSL entre le fil tlphonique et la prise tlphonique. Le filtre empche les interfrences et les interactions avec lafficheur causes par le service DSL. Contactez votre fournisseur de services pour plus de dtails en rapport avec les filtres DLS. Votre appareil peut avoir t envoy avec une pellicule de protection qui recouvre le combin ou le socle retirez-la avant lutilisation. Pour le service la clientle ou des informations relatives lappareil, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268. Aux tats-Unis, visitez notre site Web www.telephones.att.com ou composez le 1 (800) 222-3111. 5 Comment dbuter Installation vitez dinstaller le socle trop prs de:

Des dispositifs de communication tels que des tlviseurs, des magntoscopes ou autres tlphones sans fil. Des sources excessives de chaleur. Des sources de bruit telles quune fentre o vous entendez le trafic lextrieur, des moteurs, des fours micro-ondes, des rfrigrateurs ou des clairages fluorescents. Des sources de poussire excessives telles quun atelier ou un garage. Des sources dhumidit. Des tempratures extrmement froides. Des vibrations mcaniques ou des chocs, tels que sur une lessiveuse ou dun tabli. 6 Comment dbuter Installation du socle Installez le socle tel que dmontr ci-dessous. Assurez-vous de linstaller prs dune prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Le socle est dot du support dinstallation sur un bureau. Si vous dsirez changer pour linstallation murale, installez le support de fixation pour linstallation murale. Consultez les pages 11 13 pour plus de dtails. Branchez lautre extrmit du fil tlphonique dans la prise tlphonique ou dans le filtre DSL. Adaptateur CA Branchez lextrmit la plus petite de ladaptateur dans la prise situe sous le socle. Acheminez le cordon dalimentation travers le canal moul cet effet prs de la prise tlphonique. Dployez l'antenne. Filtre DSL (non inclus), ncessaire si vous tes abonn au service Internet haute vitesse. Fil tlphonique Acheminez les fils dans les canaux mouls cet effet. Branchez lextrmit la plus large de ladaptateur dans une prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Branchez une extrmit du fil tlphonique dans la prise situe sous le socle. 7 Comment dbuter Installation du chargeur Branchez ladaptateur dans une prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. INFORMATION IMPORTANTE 1. Nutilisez que les adaptateurs inclus avec cet appareil. Pour commander un adaptateur supplmentaire, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268. Aux tats-Unis, visitez notre site Web www.telephones.att.com ou composez le 1 (800) 222-3111. Cet adaptateur a t conu pour tre branch en position verticale ou dans une prise de courant dans le plancher, sous la table ou sous larmoire. 2. 8 Comment dbuter Installation et charge du bloc-piles Installez le bloc-piles tel que dmontr ci-dessous. Aprs linstallation, vous pourriez faire et recevoir de brefs appels. Pour une performance optimale, rechargez pleinement le bloc-piles pendant au moins 16 heures avant lutilisation. Lorsque vous ne lutilisez pas, replacez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. Consultez la page 88 pour de dtails en rapport avec lautonomie du bloc-piles. Si le bloc-piles est compltement puis, linscription PILE FAIBLE pourrait apparatre uniquement aprs 10 minutes de charge. Lcran continuera affiche PILE FAIBLE pendant une heure; le rtroclairage du combin sera dsactiv lorsque le combin est en mode PILE FAIBLE. Consultez le tableau ci-dessous pour plus de dtails. Voyants des piles Lcran est vide. Lcran affichera DPOSER SUR CHARGEUR et clignotera. Lcran affichera PILE FAIBLE, le combin met des bips. Lcran affichera COMBIN X. clignotera et Statut des piles Le bloc-piles na plus de charge et ne peut tre utilis. La charge du bloc-piles est insuffisante et le combin ne pourra tre utilis. La charge du bloc-piles est suffisante pour conversation brve. Le bloc-piles est charg. Action Rechargez jusqu ce que PILE FAIBLE soit affich lcran (au moins 10 minutes). Rechargez jusqu ce que PILE FAIBLE soit affich lcran (au moins 4 minutes). Rechargez le combin jusqu ce que lcran affiche COMBIN X

(environ 1 heure). Pour conserver la charge du bloc-piles, replacez le combin sur le socle aprs utilisation. REMARQUE: Si votre pile est faible et que vous tes en communication, vous entendrez quatre bips courts toutes les minutes. 9 Comment dbuter Installation et charge du bloc-piles tape 1 Appuyez sur les encoches du couvercle du compartiment des piles vers le bas (si ncessaire). tape 2 Branchez le connecteur du bloc-piles lintrieur du compartiment des piles en respectant ltiquette code en couleur. Insrez le bloc-piles inclus en plaant ltiquette THIS SIDE UP vers le haut, tel quindiqu. tape 3 Alignez le couvercle plat contre le compartiment, glissez-le vers le haut jusqu ce quil se verrouille en place. tape 4 Chargez le combin en le plaant face vers lavant sur le chargeur. Le voyant CHARGE sallumera pendant la recharge. INFORMATION IMPORTANTE Nutilisez que le bloc-piles inclus avec cet appareil ou lquivalent. Pour commander un adaptateur supplmentaire, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268. Aux tats-Unis, visitez notre site Web au www.telephones.att.com ou composez le 1 (800) 222-3111. 10 Comment dbuter Options dinstallation Le support dinstallation sur un bureau est prinstall sur le socle. Si vous dsirez linstaller au mur, vous devrez utiliser une plaque tlphonique modulaire dote de montant. Cette plaque tlphonique est disponible chez le quincailler ou les marchands dappareils lectroniques et peut ncessiter une installation professionnelle. De linstallation sur un bureau linstallation au mur Pour installer le socle au mur, assurez-vous de dbrancher dabord tous les fils branchs au socle. 1. Placez le socle tel que dmontr et insrez les languettes du support dans les fentes sous le socle. 2. Appuyez le socle jusqu ce que le socle se verrouille en place sur les deux cts du support. 11 Comment dbuter Options dinstallation De linstallation au mur linstallation sur un bureau 3. Enroulez le fil tlphonique et le cordon dalimentation et attachez-les avec une attache avant de les insrer lintrieur du socle.. 4. Alignez les ouvertures du support avec la plaque murale standard et glissez le support jusqu le tlphone soit verrouill en place, tel que ci-dessous. Branchez le fil tlphonique dans la prise. Branchez ladaptateur dans une prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un commutateur. Filtre DSL (non inclus), ncessaire si vous tes abonn au service Internet haute vitesse. 12 Comment dbuter Options dinstallation De linstallation sur un bureau linstallation au mur 5. Assurez-vous que le tlphone est positionn au mur tel que dmontr ci-dessous. 13 Comment dbuter Options dinstallation Installation murale installation sur un bureau Pour changer le socle la position dinstallation sur un bureau, assurez-vous que vous dbranchez dabord le fil tlphonique et le cordon dalimentation de la prise de courant avant de dbuter. De plus, afin dviter les dommages, retirez le combin du socle. 1. Retirez le socle du mur et droulez le fil tlphonique et le cordon dalimentation.. 2. Appuyez sur les encoches de chaque ct du support (indiqu par des flches) pour dgager le socle du support. 3. Retirez le socle et dtachez le support. 14 Comment dbuter Options dinstallation 4. Branchez le fil tlphonique la prise tlphonique et branchez ladaptateur dans une prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Acheminez le fil travers les canaux mouls cet effet. Branchez lautre extrmit du fil tlphonique dans la prise tlphonique ou dans le filtre DSL. Adaptateur CA Branchez lextrmit la plus petite de ladaptateur dans la prise situe sous le socle. Acheminez le cordon dalimentation travers le canal moul cet effet prs de la prise tlphonique. Dployez l'antenne. Filtre DSL (non inclus), ncessaire si vous tes abonn au service Internet haute vitesse. Fil tlphonique Acheminez les fils dans les canaux mouls cet effet. Branchez lextrmit la plus large de ladaptateur dans une prise de courant qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Branchez une extrmit du fil tlphonique dans la prise situe sous le socle. 15 Bluetooth Voici le Bluetooth Votre nouveau systme tlphonique TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 d'AT&T dot de la technologie sans fil Bluetooth possde les caractristiques suivantes:

Capacit de jumeler un tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth avec le socle Capacit de jumeler un tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth avec le socle du tlphone. Connecter un tlphone cellulaire pour faire et recevoir des appels CELLULAIRES. Un seul tlphone cellulaire peut tre jumel et connect simultanment lors d'un appel. Faire et recevoir des appels par le biais de votre plan de tlphone cellulaire tout en bnficiant de la facilit d'utilisation de votre systme tlphonique de maison. RENSEIGNEMENTS IMPORTANTS Consultez le guide d'utilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour plus de Consultez le guide d'utilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour plus de renseignements sur sa fonction Bluetooth. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth se situe une distance d'un douze pieds du socle afin de conserver une connexion claire et constante entre votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth, votre socle et la tour cellulaire. Assurez-vous que le signal de votre tlphone cellulaire soit suffisamment puissant. Il se peut que vous deviez dplacer le tlphone cellulaire et le socle un endroit o le signal cellulaire est plus puissant. Chargez votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth pendant qu'il est raccord au socle, parce que la pile de votre tlphone cellulaire se dchargera plus rapidement en tant connecte sans fil au socle du tlphone. Surveillez l'utilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire, parce que le temps d'antenne est dduit de votre plan cellulaire pour la dure de vos appels CELLULAIRES. Consultez la section se rfrant aux Rglages Bluetooth (pages 18-20) afin de savoir comment effectuer les rglages de votre dispositif Bluetooth. Consultez la section Fonctionnement du combin (pages 27-35) afin de savoir comment utiliser vos dispositifs Bluetooth avec votre nouveau systme tlphonique d'AT&T dot de la technologie sans fil Bluetooth. Consultez la section du Guide de dpannage

(pages 62-73) si vous prouvez des difficults en utilisant le systme tlphonique. L'appellation et les logos BluetoothMD sont des marques dposes appartenant la socit Bluetooth SIG inc. et toute utilisation de ces marques dposes par Advanced American Telephones et sa socit mre, VTech Holdings lte, est effectue sous licence. VTech Holdings lte est membre de Bluetooth SIG inc. Les autres marques de commerce et dnomination commerciales appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. 16 Bluetooth Glossaire des termes Voici quelques termes utiliss dans ce guide d'utilisation afin de vous familiariser avec l'utilisation de vos dispositifs Bluetooth et votre nouveau systme tlphonique d'AT&T. Tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth - Rfre un tlphone cellulaire mobile compatible Bluetooth. Ligne CELLULAIRE - Service de communications fourni par l'entremise de votre tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth. Ligne DOMESTIQUE - Votre ligne tlphonique terrestre conventionnelle. Connect - Vous ne pouvez utiliser un dispositif Bluetooth que lorsque celui-

ci est connect au socle. Dispositifs jumels - Lorsque vous avez jumel un dispositif Bluetooth avec le socle, celui-ci est identifi comme tant initialis au socle. Un seul tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth peut tre jumel avec le socle. Jumelage - Ceci rfre au processus permettant d'initialiser deux dispositifs Bluetooth l'un avec l'autre. Le socle doit tre jumel avec un tlphone Bluetooth avant de pouvoir utiliser le dispositif Bluetooth. Selon le fabricant, ce processus s'appelle galement la liaison. NIP - Par dfaut, le NIP est 0000 pour le socle et pour la plupart des dispositifs Bluetooth. Les donnes du NIP doivent tre changes entre les dispositifs Bluetooth avant de pouvoir les utiliser. Le NIP s'appelle galement le passe-partout ou mot de passe. 17 Bluetooth REMARQUE: Un seul tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth peut tre jumel avec le socle en mme temps. Rglages Bluetooth Pour utiliser un tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth avec votre tlphone, vous devez d'abord jumeler et connecter votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth avec le socle. Jumeler un dispositif Avant de commencer, assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire compatible Bluetooth n'est pas connect un autre dispositif Bluetooth. Consultez le guide d'utilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire afin de savoir comment rechercher ou ajouter de nouveaux dispositifs Bluetooth. Pour jumeler et connecter un tlphone cellulaire:

1. Maintenez enfonce la touche Bluetooth du socle jusqu' ce qu'elle clignote. La fonction Bluetooth sera active. 2. l'aide de votre tlphone cellulaire, mettez en marche la fonction Bluetooth et dmarrez la recherche de nouveaux dispositifs. 3. Lorsque votre tlphone cellulaire a trouv le socle AT&T DECT 6.0, choisissez-le. 4. l'aide de votre tlphone cellulaire, entrez le NIP du socle (par dfaut, le NIP est 0000) afin de continuer le processus de jumelage. Lorsque la connexion du dispositif a russi, l'icne du statut sera affiche l'cran du combin sans fil et le voyant de la touche Bluetooth du socle sera allume de faon constante. Connexion automatique Lorsque vous avez jumel un dispositif avec le socle, les donnes du jumelage sont stockes dans le socle. Si le dispositif jumel se dconnecte, le socle recherchera automatiquement le dispositif pour se reconnecter lui. Si la connexion ne reprend pas dans la minute qui suit, vous devrez vous reconnecter manuellement ce dispositif; consultez la section ci-

dessous pour plus de dtails ce sujet. 18 Bluetooth Rglages Bluetooth Connexion manuelle Pour reconnecter manuellement un dispositif jumel, assurez-vous d'avoir activ la fonction Bluetooth dans votre tlphone cellulaire, puis choisissez AT&T DECT 6.0 sur la liste des dispositifs jumels dans votre tlphone cellulaire. Lorsque la connexion est tablie de nouveau, la touche Bluetooth se rallumera sur le socle. Dsactiver la connexion automatique Si vous ne dsirez pas que le socle se reconnecte automatiquement un dispositif jumel aprs une dconnexion, vous pouvez dsactiver manuellement la fonction de dconnexion automatique. Pour ce faire, vous devrez lancer une dconnexion partir du tlphone cellulaire jumel; ceci transmettra un signal au socle et dsactivera la connexion automatique. Lorsque le tlphone cellulaire est connect au socle, trouvez sa liste de dispositifs Bluetooth et choisissez AT&T DECT 6.0 pour dconnecter manuellement le dispositif. (Si la dconnexion n'est pas une option sur votre tlphone cellulaire, vous devrez probablement dsactiver la fonction Bluetooth ou le jumelage du socle.) Consultez le guide d'utilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour de plus amples instructions ce sujet. Le socle n'effectuera pas de recherche et ne se reconnectera pas ce tlphone cellulaire jusqu'

ce que vous ractiviez cette fonction. 19 Bluetooth REMARQUE: Si la connexion entre le dispositif jumel et le socle ne reprend pas en connectant manuellement le dispositif figurant la liste des dispositifs jumels, vous devrez annuler le jumelage ou l'initialisation du dispositif avec le tlphone cellulaire. Assurez-vous que le dispositif ne figure plus sur la liste des dispositifs jumels aprs cette opration; ensuite, suivez les tapes de la section Jumeler un dispositif de la page 18 afin de recommencer les procdures de jumelage. Rglages Bluetooth Reprendre la connexion automatique Pour reprendre la connexion automatique entre le dispositif jumel et le socle, vous devrez connecter manuellement le dispositif. Assurez-vous que la fonction Bluetooth est active sur votre tlphone cellulaire. Choisissez AT&T DECT 6.0 sur la liste des dispositifs jumels de votre tlphone cellulaire pour vous reconnecter. Si la connexion a repris correctement, l'icne du statut apparatra l'cran du combin sans fil et le voyant de la touche Bluetooth du socle sera allum de faon constante. Remplacer un dispositif jumel Si vous dsirez jumeler et connecter un nouveau dispositif lorsqu'un dispositif est dj jumel avec le socle, maintenez enfonce la touche Bluetooth du socle jusqu' ce qu'elle clignote, puis excutez la deuxime tape de la section Jumeler un dispositif de la page 18. Si vous ne jumelez pas un nouveau dispositif en moins de deux minutes, le voyant Bluetooth du socle s'teindra et le systme retournera au mode d'attente. 20 Rglages du combin Menu principal du combin Accder au menu principal:

1. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT lorsque le combin est en mode dattente. 2. Appuyez sur CID pour slectionner une option du menu et DIR /

appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder cette option du menu. Pour retourner en mode dattente, maintenez enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR. Loption HIST APPEL vous permet de visionner le rpertoire de lafficheur (page 53). Loption EFF MESS VOCAL vous permet de mettre le voyant de message en attente dans la bote vocale hors fonction (page 25). Loption REPERTOIRE vous permet de stocker et rechercher des noms et des numros

(page 44). Loption IND RG DOMES vous permet de rgler votre indicatif rgional domestique

(page 26). Loption INTERPHONE vous permet deffectuer un appel interphone avec les autres combins

(pages 37-38). Loption TONAL TOUCHES vous permet dactiver ou de dsactiver la fonction de tonalit des touches (page 24). Loption LANGAGE vous permet de rgler la langue daffichage du combin (page 24). Loption TONAL. SONNERIE vous permet de rgler la sonnerie de la ligne MAISON ou CELLULAIRE (page 23). Loption VOL. SONNERIE vous permet de rgler le volume de la sonnerie (page 22). 21 Rglages du combin REMARQUES:

1. Appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR pour annuler une opration, retourner au menu prcdent ou quitter le menu laffichage. Maintenez enfonce la touche pour retourner en mode dattente. OFF/CLEAR 2. Le niveau de volume de la sonnerie dtermine galement le niveau de volume de la sonnerie des appels interphone (pages 37-38) et la tonalit de tl-signal lorsque vous utilisez la fonction de recherche du combin

(page 32). Si le niveau de volume slectionn est hors fonction, le combin ne sonnera pas pour tous les appels entrants et les appels interphones ou le tl-signal. Rglages du combin Utilisez le menu des rglages du combin pour personnaliser le fonctionnement de votre combin. 1. En mode dattente (lorsque le combin nest pas utilis), appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler jusqu la fonction que vous dsirez modifier. Lorsque vous dfilez travers le menu, loption du haut est toujours en surbrillance avec le symbole > ct. 3. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour slectionner loption en surbrillance. Volume de la sonnerie laide de ce menu, vous pouvez rgler le niveau de volume de la sonnerie (1 6) ou mettre la sonnerie hors fonction. Lorsque la sonnerie est hors fonction, apparatra laffichage du combin. Le licne rglage du volume sapplique la ligne MAISON et la ligne CELLULAIRE. Pour rgler le volume de la sonnerie sur le combin sans fil:

1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID jusqu loption >VOL. SONNERIE, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 3. Appuyez sur DIR /

CID pour entendre un chantillon de chaque niveau de volume. 4. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder votre prfrence et retourner au menu principal. 22 Rglages du combin Rglages du combin Tonalit de sonnerie Cette fonction vous permet de choisir parmi 10 tonalits de sonnerie pour la ligne MAISON et la ligne CELLULAIRE. Pour rgler le volume de la sonnerie pour la ligne MAISON:

1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler travers le menu >TONAL.SONNERIE, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 3. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour slectionner TONALIT RS. 4. Appuyez sur CID pour entendre un chantillon de chaque tonalit de sonnerie. DIR /

5. Appuyez su MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder vos prfrences et retourner au menu principal. Pour choisir une tonalit de sonnerie pour la ligne CELLULAIRE:

1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler travers le menu >TONAL.SONNERIE, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 3. Appuyez sur la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler TONALIT CELL, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 4. Appuyez sur CID pour entendre un chantillon de chaque tonalit de sonnerie. DIR /

5. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder vos prfrences et retourner au menu principal. 23 Rglages du combin Rglages du combin Tonalit des touches Le combin est programm lusine afin dmettre des bips chaque pression des touches. Si vous dsactivez la fonction TONAL TOUCHES, vous nentendrez aucun bip lorsque vous appuyez sur les touches. Pour activer ou dsactiver la tonalit des touches:

1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler travers le menu >TONAL TOUCHES, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 3. Appuyez sur DIR /

CID pour slectionner EN FONCTION ou HORS FONCTION. 4. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder vos prfrences et retourner au menu principal. Langage ACL Vous pouvez rgler le langage utilis pour tous les crans. 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche DIR /

CID pour dfiler travers le menu >LANGAGE, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 3. Appuyez sur DIR /

CID pour slectionner ENGLISH, FRANAIS ou ESPAOL. 4. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder vos prfrences et retourner au menu principal. 24 Rglages du combin REMARQUES:

1. La messagerie vocale de vous alerte de la prsence de nouveaux messages au moyen dune tonalit saccade. Contactez votre compagne de tlphone pour plus de dtails. 2. Pour plus de dtails en rapport avec la messagerie vocale, contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Rglages du combin Voyant visuel de message en attente dans la bote vocale Si vous tes abonn au service de la messagerie vocale auprs de votre compagnie de tlphone locale, la fonction du voyant visuel de message en attente vous indiquera lorsque vous avez des messages dans votre bote vocale - le voyant VOICEMAIL clignotera sur le socle et linscription NOUV MESS VOCAL et licne apparatront lcran de tous les combins. Annulation de lindication de messages dans la bote vocale Utilisez cette fonction lorsque le tlphone indique que vous avez des nouveaux messages dans votre bote vocale, mais que vous nen avez pas, par exemple, lorsque vous ntes pas la maison. Cette fonction dsactive uniquement le message NOUV et le voyant VOICEMAIL;

MESS VOCAL, licne ceci neffacera pas vos messages. Si vous avez rellement des messages dans votre bote vocale, votre compagnie de tlphone continuera envoyer le signal afin dactiver le voyant visuel de messages en attente dans la bote vocale. Pour dsactiver manuellement le voyant de nouveau message dans la bote vocale:

1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. DIR /

2. Utilisez la touche CID jusqu loption >EFF MESS VOCAL, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT, VOYANTS HORS FONCTION?

apparatra laffichage. 3. Appuyez de nouveau sur MENU/SELECT pour dsactiver le voyant de message ou appuyez OFF/CLEAR pour annuler la procdure. sur 25 Rglages du combin Rglages du combin Indicatif rgional domestique Si vous composez des appels locaux laide de sept chiffres (indicatif rgional non requis), vous pouvez programmer votre indicatif rgional domestique de manire ce que lorsque vous recevez des appels de votre indicatif rgional, le numro soit automatiquement stock dans le rpertoire de lafficheur sans lindicatif rgional. Aprs le rglage, si vous recevez un appel provenant de votre indicatif rgional, le rpertoire de lafficheur naffichera que les sept chiffres du numro de tlphone. 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Utilisez la touche CID jusqu loption >IND RG DOMES, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. DIR /

3. Utilisez le clavier pour entrer lindicatif rgional domestique trois chiffres. Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer des chiffres pendant la saisie. 4. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder et retourner au menu principal. REMARQUE: Si ventuellement votre compagnie de tlphone requiert que vous composiez votre indicatif rgional pour les appels locaux dj en mmoire, appuyez et maintenez enfonce DELETE/MUTE. jusqu ce que les chiffres soient effacs et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. Aprs avoir effac lindicatif programm _ _ _ apparatra. 26 Fonctionnement du tlphone REMARQUE: Appuyez HOME/FLASH sur pour accder aux services offerts par votre compagnie de tlphone locale et naffecte pas la dure coule. Fonctionnement du combin Faire un appel MAISON Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER, et entrez le numro de tlphone. Pour terminer un appel MAISON:

Appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR ou replacez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. Lcran affichera la dure coule pendant la conversation (en heures, minutes et secondes). Composition en mode raccroch (prcomposition) Entrez le numro de tlphone. Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE ou OFF/CLEAR pour faire des corrections. Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour composer. Rpondre un appel MAISON Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER. Terminer un appel MAISON:

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou replacez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. Appel en attente sur la ligne MAISON Si vous tes abonn au service de lappel en attente auprs de votre compagnie de tlphone locale, vous entendrez un bip pour vous indiquer que vous avez un appel en attente pendant que vous tes en communication. Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH pour mettre lappel en cours en attente et prendre le nouvel appel. Vous pouvez appuyer sur le HOME/FLASH en tout temps pour permuter entre les appels. 27 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin Mettre temporairement la sonnerie en sourdine Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou DELETE/MUTE pendant que le tlphone sonne pour mettre temporairement la sonnerie en sourdine sur le combin seulement. Ceci permet de mettre la sonnerie en sourdine sans couper lappel. Lappel entrant suivant sonnera normalement au rglage de volume prrgl. REMARQUE: Chaque combin sonne lorsquun appel vous parvient moins que le volume de la sonnerie soit dsactiv sur ce combin. Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou DELETE/MUTE dun combin uniquement pour mettre temporairement la sonnerie en sourdine pour ce combin. Recevoir un appel CELLULAIRE pendant un appel MAISON Lorsque vous tes en communication sur la ligne MAISON, et vous recevez un appel CELLULAIRE, le voyant, vous entendrez un court bip. CELLULAR du combin clignotera et Pour rpondre lappel CELLULAIRE entrant :

Appuyez sur CELLULAR du combin. Lappel MAISON sera automatiquement mis en attente, linscription RS. EN ATTENTE apparatra laffichage et HOME/FLASH clignotera. Pour terminer lappel CELLULAIRE :

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR du combin. La ligne MAISON demeurera en attente. Pour reprendre lappel MAISON dj en attente :

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH du combin. REMARQUE: Si vous tes abonn au service de messagerie vocale sur votre cellulaire, et que vous ne dsirez pas rpondre lappel CELLULAIRE entrant, lappel sera rpondu par la bote vocale. Contactez votre fournisseur de services cellulaire pour plus de dtails en rapport avec la messagerie vocale pour votre cellulaire. 28 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin Faire un appel CELLULAIRE laide dun combin sans fil Faire un appel CELLULAIRE:

Entrez le numro de tlphone

(prcomposition), appuyez ensuite sur la touche CELLULAR. Appuyez sur Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE ou OFF/CLEAR pour effectuer des corrections lorsque vous saisissez le numro de tlphone. Pour terminer un appel CELLULAIRE :

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou replacez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. Lcran affichera la dure coule pendant la conversation (en heures, minutes et secondes). REMARQUES:

1. Certains tlphones cellulaires ont un rglage par dfaut qui dsactive la fonction dappels par connexion Bluetooth. Consultez le guide dutilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour des instructions pour activer ce rglage. 2. Vous pourriez entendre des interfrences si votre tlphone cellulaire est trop prs du socle de votre tlphone pendant un appel CELLULAIRE. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth se trouve entre un et douze pieds du socle du tlphone afin de maintenir une connexion sans interfrences et constante entre le tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth, le socle du tlphone et la tour cellulaire. Rpondre un appel CELLULAIRE laide du combin sans fil Pour rpondre un appel CELLULAIRE :

Appuyez sur CELLULAR ou SPEAKER. Pour terminer un appel CELLULAIRE :

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou replacez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur. 29 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin Appel en attente sur la ligne CELLULAIRE Si vous tes abonn au service de lappel en attente offert par votre fournisseur de service cellulaire, vous entendrez un ou plusieurs bips si vous recevez un appel pendant un appel CELLULAIRE. Appuyez sur CELLULAR pour mettre l'appel en cours en attente et prendre le nouvel appel. Vous pouvez appuyer sur CELLULAR en tout temps pour permuter entre les appels. Recevoir un appel MAISON pendant un appel CELLULAIRE Lorsque vous tes en communication sur un appel CELLULAIRE et que vous recevez un appel MAISON, la touche HOME/FLASH clignotera et le combin mettra un court bip. Pour rpondre lappel entrant sur la ligne MAISON:

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH du combin. Lappel CELLULAIRE sera automatiquement mis en attente, linscription CELL. EN ATT apparatra laffichage et la touche CELLULAR clignotera. Pour terminer un appel MAISON:

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR du combin. La ligne CELLULAIRE demeurera en attente. Pour reprendre lappel CELLULAIRE en attente:

Appuyez sur CELLULAR du combin. REMARQUE: Si vous tes abonn la messagerie vocale auprs de votre compagnie de tlphone locale et que vous ne rpondez pas lappel MAISON pendant que vous tes en communication sur un appel CELLULAIRE, lappel MAISON sera rpondu par la messagerie vocale. 30 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin Haut-parleur mains libres du combin Pendant un appel, vous pourrez appuyer sur la touche SPEAKER pour alterner entre le haut-

parleur mains libres et le combin. Pour une qualit sonore optimale lorsque vous utilisez le haut-parleur mains libres, dposez le combin sur une surface plane avec les touches du combin face vous. REMARQUE: Le haut-parleur mains libres ncessite plus dnergie que le combin. Si le bloc-piles du combin saffaiblit pendant lutilisation du haut-parleur mains libres, lappel demeurera sur le haut-parleur mains libres jusqu ce que vous raccrochiez ou que le bloc-piles spuise. Lorsque le bloc-piles est trs faible, vous ne pourrez permuter lappel au combin lorsque vous tes en mode mains libres. Recomposition du dernier numro Pour visionner les 5 numros composs rcemment:

Appuyez sur REDIAL/PAUSE pour afficher le numro compos en dernier (jusqu 30 chiffres). Appuyez sur CID ou REDIAL/PAUSE successivement pour visionner les cinq numros composs rcemment. DIR /

Le combin mettra deux bips au dbut et la fin de la liste. Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR pour quitter. Pour recomposer un numro:

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour composer le numro affich sur la ligne MAISON.

-OU-

Appuyez sur CELLULAR pour composer le numro sur la ligne CELLULAIRE.

-OU-

31 Fonctionnement du tlphone Fonctionnement du combin Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER, puis REDIAL/PAUSE pour appeler le numro compos en dernier (jusqu 30 chiffres). Pendant la rvision de la mmoire de recomposition, appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer le numro affich. Recherche du combin La fonction de recherche du combin est utile lor-

sque vous garez un combin. Pour initier une tonalit de tl-signal :

Appuyez sur HANDSET LOCATOR sur le socle pour initier un tl-signal sur tous les combins pendant 60 secondes. REMARQUE: Pendant le tl-signal, si vous appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou DELETE/MUTE dun combin, la sonnerie de ce combin sera mise en sourdine, mais la tonalit de tl-signal ne cessera pas. Pour arrter la tonalit de tl-signal:

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH, SPEAKER, ou ou nimporte quelle touche du clavier (0-9, *, ou #) du combin, OU Appuyez sur HANDSET LOCATOR du socle. REMARQUE: Le volume de la sonnerie du combin dtermine galement le volume de la tonalit de tl-

signal. Si le volume de la sonnerie est hors fonction, le combin est hors fonction pour tous les appels et le tl-signal (page 22). 32 Fonctionnement du tlphone Options pendant un appel Commande de volume Pour rgler le volume dcoute dun combin:

DIR /

Appuyez sur volume dcoute pendant un appel. Chaque pression dune touche augmente ou diminue le niveau de volume dun incrment.. CID pour rgler le REMARQUE: Vous pouvez utiliser un maximum de quatre combins la fois. Lorsque deux combins sont utiliss pour un appel MAISON ou CELLULAIRE, les deux autres combins peuvent tre utiliss pour la ligne qui nest pas en cours dutilisation. REMARQUES:

1. Le rglage du volume du combin et du haut-parleur mains libres sont indpendant. 2. Lorsque le volume atteint le minimum ou le maximum, vous entendrez deux bips. Utilisation de combins multiples

(non disponible pour le modle TL91178) Vous pouvez utiliser la confrence tlphonique pour converser avec un autre combin pendant que vous tes en communication sur un appel MAISON ou CELLULAIRE. Cependant, vous ne pouvez effectuer de confrence tlphonique entre la ligne MAISON et la ligne CELLULAIRE. Vous pouvez utiliser un maximum de deux combins sur un appel extrieur. Si un combin est dj sur un appel MAISON et que vous dsirez vous joindre lappel, appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER dun autre combin.

-OU-

Si un combin est dj sur un appel CELLULAIRE et que vous dsirez vous joindre lappel, appuyez sur CELLULAR dun autre combin. Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR ou dposez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur pour terminer lappel. Lappel ne sera pas termin tant que tous les combins nauront pas raccroch. 33 Fonctionnement du tlphone Options pendant un appel Sourdine Utilisez la fonction de mise en sourdine pour mettre le microphone hors fonction. Vous pourrez entendre lappelant, mais il ne pourra vous entendre. Mettre un appel en sourdine:

Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour mettre le microphone en sourdine. Lorsque la fonction est active, le combin affichera MUET pendant quelques secondes et MUET apparatra tant que la fonction ne sera pas dsactive. Pour annuler la mise en sourdine dun appel:

Appuyez de nouveau sur DELETE/MUTE pour reprendre la conversation. Lorsque la sourdine est dsactive, linscription MICROPHONE E/F apparatra temporairement lcran du combin. 34 Fonctionnement du tlphone Options pendant un appel Mise en attente Vous pouvez mettre lappel MAISON ou CELLULAIRE en attente. Vous entendrez une tonalit dalerte si vous navez pas repris lappel aprs 14 minutes. Vous entendrez une autre tonalit dalerte toutes les 30 secondes aprs. Lorsque lappel sera en attente pendant 15 minutes, il sera automatiquement coup. Pour mettre un appel MAISON en attente:

Appuyez sur la touche HOLD du combin. Linscription RS. EN ATTENTE apparatra laffichage et la touche HOME/FLASH clignotera. Pour reprendre un appel MAISON en attente:

Appuyez de nouveau sur HOME/FLASH. Pour mettre un appel CELLULAIRE en attente:

Appuyez sur la touche HOLD du combin. Linscription CELL. EN ATT apparatra laffichage et la touche CELLULAR clignotera. Pour reprendre un appel CELLULAIRE en attente:

Appuyez de nouveau sur la touche CELLULAR. 35 Fonctionnement du tlphone REMARQUES:

1. Vous ne pourrez diter une entre du rpertoire pendant un appel. Pour plus de dtails en rapport avec le rpertoire, consultez la page 41. 2. Vous ne pourrez copier une entre du rpertoire de lafficheur dans le rpertoire pendant un appel. Pour plus de dtails en rapport avec le rpertoire de lafficheur, consultez la page 48. 3. Si vous appuyez sur la touche REDIAL/PAUSE pendant un appel, vous pourrez uniquement le visionner et ne pourrez pas leffacer. Pour plus de dtails en rapport avec la mmoire de recomposition, consultez la page 31. 4. Maintenez enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR pour quitter la mmoire de recomposition, le rpertoire ou le rpertoire de lafficheur lorsque vous tes en communication. Composition la chane Cette fonction vous permet dinitier une squence de composition partir des numros en mmoire dans le rpertoire, le rpertoire de lafficheur ou la mmoire de recomposition pendant que vous tes en communication. Cette fonction nest disponible que si vous utilisez la ligne MAISON. La composition la chane est utile si vous dsirez accder dautres numros (tels quun numro de compte bancaire ou des codes daccs) partir de votre rpertoire de lafficheur, du rpertoire tlphonique ou de la liste de recomposition. Accder au rpertoire pendant un appel 1. Appuyez deux fois sur MENU/SELECT. 2. Appuyez sur DIR /

jusquau numro dsir. CID pour dfiler 3. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour composer le numro affich. Accder au rpertoire de lafficheur pendant un appel 1. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 2. Appuyez sur

>HIST APPEL. DIR /

CID jusqu loption 3. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 4. Appuyez sur DIR /

jusquau numro dsir. CID pour dfiler 5. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour composer le numro. 36 Fonctionnement du tlphone REMARQUES:

1. Avant de rpondre linterphone, vous pourrez lannuler en appuyant sur la touche OFF/CLEAR du combin appelant. 2. Si personne ne rpond au combin appel lintrieur dun dlai de 100 secondes, ou si le combin appel consulte le rpertoire de lafficheur ou est en communication ou hors de porte, lappelant verra linscription APPEL IMPOSS. ESSAYER ENCORE sur lcran de son combin. 3. Appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR ou DELETE/

MUTE pour mettre la sonnerie temporairement en sourdine. Accder au dernier numro compos pendant un appel Appuyez sur REDIAL/PAUSE du combin sans fil ou du socle pour afficher le dernier numro compos. Si vous appuyez nouveau sur REDIAL/PAUSE lintrieur de deux secondes, le tlphone ne recomposera pas lappel. Interphone Utilisez la fonction dinterphone pour converser entre les combins. Cette fonction nest pas disponible pour le modle TL96271. Vous pouvez acheter des combins supplmentaires

(modle AT&T TL90071) pour ce socle. Jusqu 12 combins peuvent tre initialiss au socle. Les premiers neufs combins initialiss porteront le numro 1 9. Utilisez le numro du combin pour linterphone et le transfert dappel. Les noms des combins 10 12 apparaissent en tant que 10 12 lorsque vous effectuez un appel interphone ou un transfert dappel lun de ces postes, mais vous devez utilisez *0 pour le combin 10, *1 pour le combin 11 et *2 pour le combin 12. Modle TL96271 (systme deux combins) 1. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT en mode dattente pour accder au menu des fonctions. 2. Utilisez la touche CID pour dfiler jusqu loption >INTERPHONE et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. DIR /

3. Le combin affichera APPEL AUTRE COMBIN. Le combin appel sonnera et lcran affichera L'AUTRE COMBIN APPELLE. 4. Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER sur le combin qui sonne pour rpondre lappel interphone. 37 Fonctionnement du tlphone Interphone REMARQUES:

1. Avant de rpondre linterphone, vous pourrez lannuler en appuyant sur la touche OFF/CLEAR du combin appelant. 2. Si personne ne rpond au combin appel lintrieur dun dlai de 100 secondes, ou si le combin appel consulte le rpertoire de lafficheur ou est en communication ou hors de porte, lappelant verra linscription APPEL IMPOSS. ESSAYER ENCORE sur lcran de son combin. 3. Appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR ou DELETE/

MUTE pour mettre la sonnerie temporairement en sourdine. 4. Vous pouvez utiliser un maximum de quatre combins la fois. Lorsque deux combins sont utiliss pour un appel interphone, les autres deux combins peuvent tre utiliss pour un appel sur la ligne MAISON ou CELLULAIRE. Pour terminer lappel interphone :

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR sur lun ou lautre des combins.

-OU-

Dposez lun ou lautre des combins sur le chargeur ou le socle. Modle TLTL91378 (systme trois combins) 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu des fonctions. 2. Utilisez les touches DIR /

CID pour dfiler jusqu loption >INTERPHONE et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. Lcran affichera INTERPHONE :

3. Entrez le numro du combin 1 9 ou pour les combins 10, 11, 12, entrez *0, *1 ou *2 respectivement. Lcran affichera APPEL EN COURS AU COMBIN X, et le X representera le numro du combin. Le combin appel sonnera et lcran affichera LE COMBIN X APPELLE. 4. Sur le combin qui sonne, appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour rpondre lappel interphone. Pour terminer lappel interphone:

Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR sur lun ou lautre des combins.

-OU-

Dposez lun ou lautre des combins sur le chargeur ou le socle. 38 Fonctionnement du tlphone Transfert dappel laide de linterphone Utilisez la fonction dinterphone pour transfrer un appel extrieur un autre combin. Cette fonction nest pas disponible pour le modle TL96271. Modle TL96371 (systme deux combins) 1. Lorsque vous tes en communication sur un appel extrieur, appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu des fonctions. REMARQUES:

1. Avant de rpondre linterphone, vous pourrez lannuler en appuyant et en maintenant enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR du combin appelant et retourner l'appel extrieur. 2. Si personne ne rpond au combin appel lintrieur dun dlai de 100 secondes, ou si le combin appel consulte le rpertoire de lafficheur ou est en communication ou hors de porte, lappelant verra linscription APPEL IMPOSS. ESSAYER ENCORE sur lcran de son combin et retournera automatiquement l'appel extrieur. 3. Vous pouvez terminer un appel interphone et retourner lappel extrieur en appuyant sur HOME/FLASH ou CELLULAR (selon quel appel est transfr) sur le combin qui transfert ou en appuyant sur OFF/CLEAR du combin appel. DIR /

2. Utilisez la touche CID pour dfiler jusqu loption >TRANSFRER et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. Lappel extrieur sera automatiquement mis en attente. Le combin qui transfert affichera APPEL AUTRE COMBIN. Le combin appel sonnera et affichera L'AUTRE COMBIN APPELLE. 3. Sur le combin qui sonne, appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour rpondre un appel interphone. Vous pouvez maintenant converser sans que lappelant extrieur ne puisse vous entendre. 4. Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR du combin qui transfert ou dposez-le sur le socle ou le chargeur pour complter le transfert. Le combin qui transfert affichera TRANSFERT APPEL et lautre combin est automatiquement connect lappel extrieur.

-OU-

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou CELLULAR

(selon lappel qui est transfr) sur le combin appel pour permettre aux deux interlocuteurs puisse converser en confrence sur une ligne extrieure. 39 Fonctionnement du tlphone REMARQUES:

1. Avant de rpondre linterphone, vous pourrez lannuler en appuyant et en maintenant enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR du combin appelant et retourner l'appel extrieur. 2. Si personne ne rpond au combin appel lintrieur dun dlai de 100 secondes, ou si le combin appel consulte le rpertoire de lafficheur ou est en communication ou hors de porte, lappelant verra linscription APPEL IMPOSS. ESSAYER ENCORE sur lcran de son combin et retournera automatiquement l'appel extrieur. 3. Vous pouvez terminer un appel interphone et retourner lappel extrieur en appuyant sur HOME/FLASH ou CELLULAR (selon quel appel est transfr) sur le combin qui transfert ou en appuyant sur OFF/

CLEAR du combin appel. Transfert dappel laide de linterphone Modle TL96471 (systmes trois ou quatre combins) 1. Lorsque vous tes en communication sur un appel extrieur, appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu des fonctions. 2. Utilisez la touche CID pour dfiler jusqu loption >TRANSFRER et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. Lcran affichera INTERPHONE :. DIR /

3. Entrez le numro du combin 1 9 ou pour les combins 10, 11, 12, entrez *0, *1 ou *2 respectivement. Lcran affichera APPEL EN COURS AU COMBIN X, et le X reprsentera le numro du combin. Le combin appel sonnera et lcran affichera LE COMBIN X APPELLE. 4. Sur le combin qui sonne, appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour rpondre lappel interphone. Vous pouvez maintenant converser sans que lappelant extrieur puisse entendre la conversation. 5. Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR du combin qui transfert ou dposez le combin sur le socle ou le chargeur pour complter le transfert. Lcran du combin qui transfert affichera TRANSFERT APPEL et lautre combin sera automatiquement connect lappel extrieur.

-OU-

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou CELLULAR

(selon quel appel est transfr) sur le combin appel afin de permettre aux deux interlocuteurs de converser sur la ligne extrieure. 40 Rpertoire propos du rpertoire Rpertoires partags Le rpertoire est en mmoire dans le socle et est partag par tous les combins. Les changements effectus sur nimporte quel combin seront effec-

tifs sur tous les combins. REMARQUE: Uniquement un combin peut rviser le rpertoire la fois. Si lautre combin tente daccder au rpertoire, lcran affichera NON DISPONIBLE ACTUELLEMENT. Capacit de la mmoire Le rpertoire peut comporter jusqu 50 entres dun maximum de 15 caractres alphanumriques (inclu-

ant les espaces) pour les noms et 30 chiffres pour les numros de tlphone. Une fonction de recher-

che vous permet de localiser et composer rapide-

ment les numros (page 45). Si toutes les 50 adresses mmoire sont utilises, lcran affichera LISTE PLEINE. Vous ne pourrez en entrer dautres en mmoire tant que vous nen aurez pas dabord effac. Quitter le rpertoire Appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR du combin pour annuler une opration, retourner au menu prcdent ou quitter le menu affich. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR pour retourner en mode dattente. Si vous effectuez une pause trop longue pendant la cration ou la rvision dune entre, la procdure sera annule et vous devrez recommencer. 41 Rpertoire Crer des entres dans le rpertoire Crer une nouvelle entre en mmoire dans le rpertoire 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour accder au menu principal. 2. Appuyez de nouveau sur MENU/SELECT jusqu loption >REPERTOIRE. DIR ou 3. Appuyez sur CID pour mettre loption PROGRAMMER en surbrillance. 4. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. 5. Entrez le numro de tlphone lorsque demand. Utilisez le clavier pour entrer le numro dun maximum de 30 chiffres. DIR /

Appuyez sur CID pour dplacer le curseur vers la gauche ou la droite. Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer des chiffres. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche DELETE/MUTE pour effacer tous les chiffres. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche REDIAL/PAUSE pour entrer une pause dans la squence de composition (un p apparatra).

-OU-

Copiez un numro de la liste de recomposition en appuyant sur REDIAL/PAUSE puis DIR ou CID, ou en appuyant successivement sur REDIAL/PAUSE pour localiser le numro copier. Appuyez sur MENU/ SELECT pour copier le numro. 6. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour sauvegarder le numro affich. Lcran affichera DJ SAUVEGARD si le numro est dj en mmoire dans le rpertoire. Vous ne pourrez sauvegarder le mme numro deux fois. 42 Rpertoire REMARQUE: La premire lettre de chaque mot est en majuscule. Les lettres suivantes dun mot seront en minuscules, tel que dmontr au schma ci-contre. Crer des entres dans le rpertoire 7. Entrez le nom lorsquon vous le demandera. Utilisez le clavier pour entrer le nom (jusqu 15 caractres). Chaque pression de la touche vous permettra dafficher le caractre apparaissant sur cette touche. Les pressions supplmentaires de la touche permettront dafficher les caractres de cette touche. Consultez le tableau ci-dessous. Appuyez sur Appuyez sur CID pour dplacer le curseur vers la gauche ou la droite. DIR ou Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer Appuyez sur des lettres. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche DELETE/MUTE pour effacer toutes les lettres. Touche num. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 1 A D G J M P T W 0

espace 2

B E H K N Q U X

Caractres par pression des touches 3 C F I L O R V Y

4

, 2 3 4 5 6 S 8 Z

5

a d g j m 7 t 9

6

. b e h k n p u w

) 7

c f i l o q v x

8 9 r y s z 8. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour stocker votre nouvelle entre dans le rpertoire tlphonique. Le nom et le numro de tlphone apparatront. Consultez la page 46 et 47 pour effectuer des changements ultrieurement. 43 Rpertoire Rvision du rpertoire Rviser les entres du rpertoire 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur DIR pour afficher la premire entre du rpertoire. Linscription REPERTOIRE VIDE sera affiche si vous navez aucune entre dans le rpertoire.

-OU-

Vous pouvez galement afficher la premire donne du rpertoire en appuyant deux fois sur la touche MENU/SELECT et appuyez de nouveau sur la touche MENU/SELECT pour choisir loption >RVISER. 2. Appuyez sur la touche DIR ou CID pour dfiler travers le rpertoire. Les entres seront affiches dans lordre alphabtique par la premire lettre du nom. 44 Rpertoire REMARQUES:

1. Si aucun nom correspondant la premire lettre de la touche enfonce nest localis, vous verrez le nom de lentre qui sapparie la seconde lettre de la touche. 2. Si vous appuyez sur une touche (2 9) et quil ny a pas de nom correspondant ces lettres, le rpertoire affichera lentre qui sapparie la lettre suivante du rpertoire. Recherche dans le rpertoire Recherche par le nom Procdez comme suite pour effectuer une recherche travers les entres du rpertoire dun combin sans fil ou du socle. 1. En mode dattente, appuyez sur DIR pour afficher la premire entre du rpertoire. Linscription REPERTOIRE VIDE sera affiche si vous navez aucune entre dans le rpertoire. 2. Lorsquune entre est affiche, appuyez sur une touche numrique (2 9) pour dbuter la recherche rapide dun nom. Le rpertoire affichera le premier nom dbutant par la lettre associe la touche du clavier, sil y a une entre dbutant par cette lettre dans le rpertoire. 3. Pour consulter les autres noms dbutant par des lettres sur la mme touche du clavier, continuez appuyer sur la touche. Les noms seront affichs dans lordre alphabtique. Par exemple, si vous avez une entre correspondant au nom Jennifer, Jessie, Kevin et Linda dans votre rpertoire:

Si vous appuyez une fois sur la touche 5 (JKL), vous verrez Jennifer. Si vous appuyez deux fois sur la touche 5 (JKL), vous verrez Jessie. Si vous appuyez trois fois sur la touche 5 (JKL), vous verrez Kevin. Si vous appuyez quatre fois sur la touche 5 (JKL), vous verrez Linda. Si vous appuyez cinq fois sur la touche 5 (JKL), vous verrez Jennifer nouveau. 45 Rpertoire Pour composer, effacer ou diter des entres Pour composer, effacer ou diter une entre du rpertoire (nom et numro), lentre doit dabord tre affiche lcran du combin. Utilisez la recherche du rpertoire (pages 44 et 45) pour afficher une entre. Composition du numro affich Pour composer un numro du rpertoire, appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour composer sur la ligne MAISON ou appuyez sur CELLULAR pour composer sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. Effacer une entre Lorsquune entre du rpertoire est affiche, appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer lentre affiche du rpertoire. Une fois efface, vous ne pourrez la rcuprer. 46 Rpertoire diter une entre Lorsquune entre du rpertoire est affiche:

1. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour modifier lentre. On vous invitera diter le numro DITER NUMRO. Appuyez sur le clavier pour ajouter des chiffres. Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer des chiffres. Appuyez sur DIR ou CID pour dplacer le curseur vers la gauche ou la droite. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche REDIAL/PAUSE pour ajouter une pause dans la squence de composition (un p apparatra). Copier un numro de la liste de recomposition en appuyant sur REDIAL/PAUSE. Appuyez sur DIR ou CID, ou appuyez successivement sur REDIAL/PAUSE pour localiser le numro copier. Appuyez sur MENU/ SELECT pour copier le numro dsir. 2. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. On vous invitera On vous invitera diter le nom DITER LE NOM. Appuyez sur le clavier pour ajouter des carac-

tres (page 43). Appuyez sur la touche DELETE/MUTE pour effacer des caractres. Appuyez sur er le curseur vers la gauche ou la droite. 3. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour confirmer. CID pour dplac-

DIR ou 47 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur Cet appareil supporte le service de lafficheur offert par votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Selon le service auquel vous tes abonn, vous pourriez voir le numro, le nom de lappelant safficher par votre compagnie de tlphone locale aprs la premire ou la seconde sonnerie, le service de lafficheur affiche galement les donnes dappel lorsque vous tes dj en communication. Lafficheur de la ligne MAISON vous permet de voir le nom, le numro, la date et lheure de lappel entrant. Cependant, lafficheur de la ligne CELLULAIRE affiche uniquement le numro de lappel entrant et le nom Bluetooth du dispositif jumel; la date et lheure de lappel ne seront pas affiches. Ces services sont disponibles uniquement si votre appelant et vous vous trouvez dans des rgions offrant le service de lafficheur et que si les deux compagnies de tlphone utilisent des quipements compatibles. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale et votre fournisseur de services si :

Vous tes abonn au service de lafficheur et de lafficheur de lappel en attente en tant que services spars (vous pourriez avoir combiner ces services). Vous tes abonn au service de lafficheur ou de lappel en attente seulement. Vous ntes pas abonn au service de lafficheur ou de lafficheur de lappel en attente. Vous pouvez utiliser cet appareil avec le service de lafficheur rgulier ou sans abonnement lun ou lautre des services ou au service combin de lafficheur et de lafficheur de lappel en attente. 48 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur Donnes du rpertoire de lafficheur Si vous tes abonn aux services de lafficheur offerts par votre compagnie de tlphone locale et/ou fournisseur de service cellulaire, le rpertoire de lafficheur conserve en mmoire les donnes des 50 derniers appels pour la ligne MAISON ou la ligne CELLULIARE. Comme les donnes du rpertoire de lafficheur conservent en mmoire les donnes des deux lignes, les entres du rpertoire de la ligne CELLULAIRE naffichent que le numro de lappelant et le nom Bluetooth du dispositif cellulaire. Si le numro de tlphone dun appel entrant sur la ligne CELLULAIRE sapparie un numro du rpertoire, le nom sera rcupr du rpertoire. Cependant, si le numro de lappelant nest pas offert par sur la ligne CELLULAIRE, lcran naffichera que linscription INCOMING CALL sans afficher le nom Bluetooth du dispositif. Rvisez les donnes du rpertoire de lafficheur afin de savoir qui vous a appel et de retourner facilement lappel ou pour copier les donnes du nom et du numro de lappelant dans votre rpertoire. Le tlphone effacera les donnes les plus anciennes lorsque le rpertoire est plein afin de crer de lespace pour les nouvelles donnes. Le rpertoire de lafficheur est conserv dans le socle et est partag par tous les combins. Les changements effectus sur un combin seront reflts sur tous les combins. REMARQUE: Seulement un combin peut rviser le rpertoire de lafficheur la fois. Si un autre combin tente daccder au rpertoire ou le rpertoire de lafficheur, il verra linscription NON DISPONIBLE ACTUELLEMENT lcran de son combin. 49 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur Jumelage de la mmoire Si le numro de tlphone de lappel entrant sapparie exactement un numro de tlphone de votre rpertoire, le nom qui apparat votre afficheur sappariera au nom correspondant de votre rpertoire. Par exemple, si Christine Smith vous appelle, le nom qui apparatra sera Chris si cest la manire dont il a t programm dans votre rpertoire. REMARQUE: Le numro figurant au rpertoire de lafficheur sera affich tel quil est envoy par votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Les compagnies de tlphone locales utilisent normalement dix chiffres

(indicatif rgional plus numro de tlphone). Si le numro de lappelant nest pas du format que celui figurant dans votre rpertoire, le nom apparatra tel quil est offert par la compagnie de tlphone. Par exemple, la compagnie de tlphone locale affiche lindicatif rgional et le rpertoire ne lindique pas, le nom apparatra tel quil est offert par la compagnie de tlphone locale. 50 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur Dans certaines occasions, les donnes de lafficheur suivantes apparaissent plutt que les donnes de lappelant, voici les raisons:

Messages affichs Raison lcran APPELANT CONF. NOM CONFIDENT. NO. CONFIDENTIEL PERS. INCONNUE NOM INCONNU NUMERO INCONNU Lappelant prfre ne pas afficher son nom et son numro de tlphone. Lappelant prfre ne pas afficher son nom. Lappelant prfre ne pas afficher son numro de tl-

phone. La compagnie de tlphone locale ne peut dterminer le nom et le numro de tlphone de lappelant. Les appels d'autres pays peuvent galement gnrer ce mes-

sage. La compagnie de tlphone locale ne peut dterminer le nom de lappelant. La compagnie de tlphone locale ne peut dterminer le numro de lappelant. 51 Afficheur Fonctionnement de lafficheur Voyant dappel manqus (nouveaux) Lorsque le combin est en mode dattente et cer-

tains appels nont pas t rviss, linscription XX APP. MANQUS sera affiche lcran. Toutes les entres qui nont pas t rvises seront considres en tant quappels manqus. Chaque fois quune entre du rpertoire de lafficheur indique par la mention NOUV est rvise, le nombre dappels manqus diminuera dun. Si vous ne dsirez pas rviser les appels manqus un aprs lautre, mais que vous dsirez les conserver dans le rpertoire de lafficheur, vous pouvez appuyer et maintenir enfonce la touche OFF/CLEAR pendant quatre secondes lorsque le combin est en mode dattente. Toutes les entres du rpertoire de lafficheur deviennent anciennes (comme si elles avaient t rvises) et le systme tlphonique efface lalerte dappels manqus de laffichage. 52 Afficheur Pour rviser le rpertoire de lafficheur Pour rviser le rpertoire de lafficheur 1. Lorsque le combin est en mode dattente, CID pour rviser le rpertoire appuyez sur de lafficheur dans lordre chronologique invers dbutant par lentre la plus rcente.

-OU-

Vous pouvez galement rviser le rpertoire de lafficheur en appuyant sur MENU/SELECT, et appuyez sur APPEL, et appuyez sur MENU/SELECT. CID loption >HIST DIR ou 2. Appuyez sur DIR ou CID pour dfiler travers la liste, tel que dmontr gauche. Composer un numro du rpertoire de lafficheur Pour composer le numro du rpertoire de lafficheur lcran:

Appuyez sur HOME/FLASH ou SPEAKER pour composer partir de la ligne MAISON CELLULAR pour composer de la ligne ou CELLULAIRE.

-OU-

Appuyez successivement sur # pour afficher les diverses options de composition pour les numros locaux ou interurbains avant de composer ou de sauvegarder le numro de tlphone dans le rpertoire. Consultez lexemple gauche. Vous pouvez galement appuyer successivement sur 1 pour ajouter ou effacer le 1 avant le numro de tlphone avant la composition ou la sauvegarde du numro de tlphone dans le rpertoire. Consultez les exemples gauche. Lorsque le numro est affich dans le format adquat pour la composition, procdez tel que dcrit ci-dessus le numro. 53 Afficheur Pour rviser le rpertoire de lafficheur Autres options Appuyez sur DELETE/MUTE pour effacer lentre affiche du rpertoire de lafficheur. Lorsque lentre du rpertoire de lafficheur est affiche, appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche DELETE/MUTE pour effacer toutes les entres du rpertoire de lafficheur. Lorsque lcran affiche EFFACER TOUS LES APPELS?

appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour effacer toutes les entres du rpertoire de lafficheur ou appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR pour quitter et laisser les entres du rpertoire de lafficheur intactes. Appuyez sur MENU/SELECT pour copier lentre dans le rpertoire. Vous pouvez diter le nom et le numro (voir page 53). Appuyez sur OFF/CLEAR pour quitter le rpertoire de lafficheur. REMARQUES:

1. Vous pourriez avoir changer la manire dont le numro du rpertoire d elafficheur est compos si les donnes napparaissent pas dans le bon format. Les numros de lafficheur avec un indicatif rgional peuvent ne pas ncessiter de le composer pour des appels locaux, ou sans le 1 qui peut tre ncessaire pour les appels interurbains

(consultez la page 53). 2. Si aucun nom ou numro nest fourni, linscription SAUVEGARDE IMPOSS apparatra. 54 Appendice A Tonalits dalerte et voyants Tonalit dalertes Tonalits du combin Deux courts bips Quatre courts bips Deux bips Trois tonalits ascendantes Les touches VOLUME ont t appuyes lorsque le volume est dj au niveau le plus lev ou le plus faible. Avertissement de pile faible. Hors de porte pendant que le combin est en cours dappel. Commandes compltes avec succs. Voyants CHARGE Allum lorsque le combin se recharge sur le socle ou le chargeur. Affichage rtroclair en bleu Clavier rtroclair en bleu SPEAKER Allum lorsque le haut-parleur est en fonction. CELLULAR Clignote rapidement lorsque vous recevez un appel sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. Clignote lentement lorsquun appel est en attente sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. HOME/FLASH Clignote rapidement lorsque vous recevez un appel entrant sur la ligne MAISON. Clignote lentement lorsquun appel est en attente sur la ligne MAISON. 55 Appendice B Messages affichs lcran du combin Messages affichs lcran DEJA SAUVEGARDE Le numro de tlphone entr est dj en mmoire dans le rpertoire. SYS. BLUETOOTH OCCUPE 2 LIGNES EN ATT Vous tentez dutiliser un combin pour faire un appel CELLULAIRE lorsque le combin est dj en mode de prcomposition sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. Les appels de la ligne MAISON et CELLULAIREont t mises en attente. REP. DES APPELS Vous avez accd un rpertoire de lafficheur vide. TRANSFERT APPEL Un appel extrieur dun combin est transfr un autre combin. APPEL AUTRE COMBINE

(pour les systmes deux combins) Le combin appelle un autre combin

(appel interphone). Le combin effectue un transfert un autre combin. APPEL EN COURS AU COMBINE X Le combin appelle un autre combin du systme (appel interphone).

(pour les systmes trois combins) CELL La ligne CELLULAIRE est en cours dutilisation. CELL. EN ATT Un appel cellulaire sur la ligne CELLULAIRE a t mis en attente. RECHARGE Un combin ayant une pile faible a t dpos sur le socle ou le chargeur. REPERTOIRE VIDE Aucune entre dans le rpertoire. COUPE Vous venez de terminer un appel. Un autre combin du systme appelle. LE COMBINE X APPELLE

(pour les systmes trois combins ou plus) 56 Appendice B Messages affichs lcran du combin Messages affichs lcran COMBINE X INIT MAISON Le combin a t initialis avec succs, et le X reprsente le numro du combin. La ligne MAISON est en cours dutilisation. RES. EN ATTENTE Un appel sur la ligne MAISON a t mis en attente. APPEL INTERPHONE Un appel vous parvient. Le combin est en cours dappel interphone. FIN INTERPHONE L'appel interphone viens de se terminer. INTERPHONE A:

(pour les systmes trois combins ou plus) LIGNE UTILIS LISTE PLEINE Vous avez initi un appel interphone et devez entrer le numro du combin que vous dsirez contacter. Un poste ou un des combins est en cours dutilisation. Le rpertoire est plein. Aucunes nouvelles entres ne peuvent tre sauvegardes moins que les entres actuelles soient effaces. PILE FAIBLE La pile doit tre recharge. MICROPHONE E/F La fonction de sourdine a t mise hors fonction alors votre voix ne pourra tre entendue. XX APP. MANQUES Vous avez des nouveaux appels dans le rpertoire de lafficheur. MUET Le microphone est en sourdine. NOUV MESS VOCAL Vous avez des nouveaux appels dans la bote vocale de votre ligne MAISON. TEL. CELL. NON CONNECTES Aucun tlphone cellulaire nest connect lorsque vous effectuez un appel partir de la ligne cellulaire. 57 Appendice B Messages affichs lcran du combin Messages affichs lcran AUCUNE LIGNE Aucune ligne tlphonique nest connecte. AUCUN SIGNAL, APPEL TERMINE Le combin est hors de porte pendant un appel. NON DISPONIBLE ACTUELLEMENT Quelquun dautre utilise le rpertoire ou le rpertoire de lafficheur. Lautre combin appelle. L'AUTRE COMBINE APPELLE

(pour les systmes deux combins) APPEL EXTERIEUR Vous tes raccord un appel extrieur pendant le transfert.

** TELE-SIGNAL ** Le socle envoi un tl-signal aux combins. DEPOSER SUR CHARGEUR SONNERIE H/F SAUVEGARDE RECHERCHE DU SOCLE La pile est trs faible. Le combin doit tre dpos sur le socle ou le chargeur. La sonnerie est temporairement mise en sourdine pendant un appel entrant. Lentre du rpertoire de lafficheur est sauvegarde dans le rpertoire avec succs. Le combin a perdu la communication avec le socle. TRANSFERER A:

(pour les systmes trois combins ou plus) Vous avez initi un transfert dappel et vous devez entrer le numro du combin dsir. APPEL IMPOSSIBLE ESSAYER ENCORE SAUVEGARDE IMPOSS 58 Appel interphone ou confrence tlphonique choue (il y a dj deux combins en cours dutilisation). Vous tentez de sauvegarder une entre qui na pas de nom ou de numro dans le rpertoire de lafficheur. Appendice C Ajout et initialisation de combins Votre tlphone TL96271/TL96371/TL96471 dAT&T peut accepter un total de douze combins sans fil. Vous pouvez ajouter des nouveaux combins

(modles TL90078 vendu sparment) en tout temps, mais chaque nouveau combin devra avoir t initialis au socle avant lutilisation. Pour initialiser un nouveau combin, consultez la page 60. Le combin inclus avec votre tlphone TL96271 est automatiquement initialis en tant que COMBIN 1. Les combins supplmentaires se verront assigner les numros dans lordre dinitialisation (COMBIN 2, COMBIN 3, COMBIN 4 et ainsi de suite). Vous pouvez initialiser un maximum de 11 combins supplmentaires. Le modle TL96371 est dot de deux combins automatiquement initialiss en tant que COMBIN 1 et COMBIN 2. Vous pouvez initialiser un maximum de 10 combins, qui se verront assigner les numros (COMBIN 3, COMBIN 4 et ainsi de suite). Le modle TL96471 est dot de trois combins automatiquement initialiss en tant que COMBIN 1, COMBIN 2 et COMBIN 3. Vous pouvez initialiser un maximum de 9 combins, qui se verront assigner les numros (COMBIN 4, COMBIN 5, COMBIN 6 et ainsi de suite). 59 Appendice C Ajouter et initialiser des combins (optionnel) Les combins vendus sparment (AT&T TL90071) devront tre initialiss au socle avant lutilisation. Lorsque vous branchez les combins achets pour la premire fois, linscription NON INITIALISS apparatra lcran. Le combin doit avoir t recharg pendant au moins cinq minutes avant quil puisse tre initialis au socle. Pour initialiser un combin au socle 1. Dposez le combin non initialis dans le chargeur. Si linscription NON INITIALISS napparat pas lcran du combin aprs quelques secondes, retirez le combin et dposez-le sur le chargeur nouveau. 2. Sur le socle, appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche HANDSET LOCATOR pendant environ quatre secondes (jusqu ce que le voyant rouge IN USE du socle s'allume) et relchez la touche. Le voyant IN USE demeure allum pendant que le socle tente d'initialiser un combin. 3. Dposez le combin non initialis sur le socle et le chargeur, PRESS HNDST LOC 4 SEC ON BASE apparatra lcran du combin. Le combin sinitialise sr le socle. Le combin affichera PLEASE WAIT... et prendra jusqu 60 secondes pour complter linitialisation. Vous entendrez un bip lorsque linitialisation est complte avec succs. Le combin affichera HANDSET X REGISTERED, et le X reprsente le numro du combin (1-12). REMARQUES:

1. Si linitialisation na pas t effectue avec succs, linscription NON INITIALISS. apparatra laffichage. Pour rinitialiser le combin, retirez-le du chargeur et dposez-le nouveau sur celui-ci. Tentez le processus dinitialisation nouveau. 2. Vous ne pouvez initialiser un combin si un autre combin du systme est en cours dutilisation. 60 Appendice C Remplacer un combin Vous pourriez avoir annuler linitialisation de vos combins si:

Si vous avez initialis quatre combins et deviez en remplacer un.

-OU-

Si vous dsirez changer le numro didentification dun combin dj initialis. Vous devez dabord annuler linitialisation de TOUS les combins et rinitialiser chaque combin que vous dsirez utiliser. Veuillez lire attentivement toutes les instructions de cette page avant de dbuter le processus dannulation de linitialisation. Pour annuler linitialisation de tous les combins 1. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche HANDSET LOCATOR du socle pendant 10 secondes (jusqu ce que le voyant IN USE sallume et commence clignoter) puis relchez la touche HANDSET LOCATOR. 2. Appuyez immdiatement et relchez la touche HANDSET LOCATOR. Vous devez appuyer sur la touche HANDSET LOCATOR pendant que le voyant IN USE clignote. (Le voyant clignote pendant environ sept secondes. Si le voyant cesse de clignoter, recommencez ltape un.) 3. Le(s) combin(s) affichera(afficheront) SEARCHING FOR BASE et lannulation de linitialisation sera termine dans environ 10 secondes. TOUS les combins afficheront NON INITIALISS si lannulation de linitialisation a t effectue avec succs. 4. Pour initialiser nouveau les combins au socle, procdez tel que dcrit la page 60. REMARQUES:

1. Si le processus dannulation de linitialisation na pas t effectu avec succs, vous pourrez avoir initialiser le systme et recommencer. Pour effectuer la rinitialisation : soulevez le combin et appuyez sur la touche HOME/FLASH puis appuyez sur la touche OFF/CLEAR et dposez le combin sur le chargeur. Vous pourrez galement rinitialiser en dbranchant ladaptateur du socle et en le rebranchant. 2. Vous ne pouvez initialiser un combin si un autre combin du systme est en cours dutilisation. 3. Vous pourrez quand mme annuler linitialisation dun combin si la pile est puise en procdant tel que dcrit ci-dessus. Aprs avoir charg le combin pendant au moins 10 minutes et lcran affichera NON INITIALISS. 61 Appendice D Dpannage Si vous prouvez des difficults faire fonctionner votre tlphone, essayez les mesures correctives ci-dessous. Pour le service la clientle, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268 ou visitez notre site web au: www.telephones.att.com. Aux tats-Unis veuillez composer le 1 (800) 222-3111. Le tlphone ne fonctionne pas du tout. cellulaire est active. Consultez le guide dutilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour plus de dtails. Retirez le tlphone AT&T DECT 6.0 de la liste des Assurez-vous que la fonction Bluetooth de votre dispositifs sans fil (consultez le guide dutilisation pour plus de dtails). Respectez la lettre les instructions de jumelage de la page 18 en vous assurant que votre tlphone cellulaire nest pas connect un autre dispositif Bluetooth. Mettez votre tlphone cellulaire hors fonction et en fonction nouveau. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez le fil dalimentation de la prise de courant. Attendez environ 15 secondes et rebranchez-le. Rptez les suggestions ci-dessus. Dsactivez votre tlphone cellulaire et mettez-le en marche nouveau. Assurez-vous que vous nutilisez pas votre tlphone cellulaire lorsque vous tes en communication sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. Lorsque vous tes en communication sur la ligne CELLULAIRE du combin, votre tlphone cellulaire est en cours dutilisation. Lutilisation du tlphone cellulaire pour aucun autre but pourrait couper lappel. Vous pourriez avoir connecter le tlphone cellulaire au socle manuellement pour rtablir la connexion, consultez la page 18 pour plus de dtails. Mon tlphone cellulaire se dconnecte du socle. Le NIP du socle ne fonctionne pas. Le NIP par dfaut est 0000. 62 Appendice D Dpannage Je ne peux connecter mon tlphone cellulaire au socle. Assurez-vous que la fonction Bluetooth de votre cellulaire est active. Consultez le guide dutilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour plus de dtails. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire nest pas connect un autre dispositif Bluetooth. Mettez votre tlphone cellulaire hors fonction et en fonction nouveau. Pour certains tlphones cellulaires, vous devez autoriser le dispositif AT&T DECT 6.0 dans la fonction Bluetooth de votre tlphone cellulaire. Consultez le guide dutilisation de votre tlphone cellulaire pour plus de dtails.. Si le socle ne se connecte pas au tlphone cellulaire automatiquement, vous devez connecter manuellement au dispositif, consultez la page 18 pour plus de dtails. Si le tlphone cellulaire ne se connecte pas au socle aprs avoir essay une connection manuelle, effacez AT&T DECT 6.0 de la liste des dispositifs jumels de votre tlphone cellulaire, et essayez nouveau la procdure de jumelage (page 18). Lorsque vous tes en communication sur la ligne CELLULAIRE du combin, votre tlphone cellulaire est en cours dutilisation. Lutilisation du tlphone cellulaire pour aucun autre but pourrait couper lappel. Vous pourriez avoir connecter le tlphone cellulaire au socle manuellement pour rtablir la connexion, consultez la page 18 pour plus de dtails. Linscription SYS. BLUETOOTH OCCUP apparat laffichage. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire nest pas en cours dutilisation lorsquil est raccord au socle. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire nest pas connect un autre dispositif Bluetooth. Le AT&T DECT 6.0 peuvent uniquement utiliser un dispositif Bluetooth la fois. 63 Appendice D Dpannage Je ne sais pas comment rechercher ou ajouter un nouveau dispositif mon tlphone cellulaire. Je ne peux trouver le DECT 6,0 d'AT&T sur mon tlphone cellulaire. Aucune tonalit. La plupart des tlphones cellulaires sont dots de la fonction Bluetooth dans le menu des connexions. Veuillez consulter le guide dutilisation du tlphone cellulaire. En gnral, appuyez sur la touche MENU de votre tlphone cellulaire puis recherchez le menu Bluetooth dans les rglages ou le menu de connexion. Au menu Bluetooth, slectionnez loption de recherche ou dajout dun nouveau dispositif. Assurez-vous que la fonction Bleutooth est active sur le socle. Procdez tel que dcrit aux instructions de rglages de la page 18. Assurez-vous que vous avez manuellement rgl votre tlphone cellulaire pour localiser ou rechercher les dispositifs. Dsactivez votre tlphone cellulaire et mettez-le en marche nouveau. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez le cordon dalimentation. Attendez environ 15 secondes et rebranchez-le. Rptez les suggestions ci-dessus. Essayez dabord les suggestions ci-dessus. Rapprochez le combin sans fil du socle. Il est possible que vous soyez hors de porte. Si les suggestions prcdentes ne fonctionnent pas, dbranchez le socle de la prise tlphonique et branchez un tlphone diffrent. Sil ny a pas de tonal-

it sur cet appareil non plus, le problme se situe au niveau du filage ou du service tlphonique. Veuillez contacter votre compa gnie de tlphone locale. Il est possible que le fil tlphonique ne fonctionne pas correctement. Essayez un nouveau fil tlphonique. 64 Appendice D Dpannage Mon tlphone cellulaire est connect au socle, mais je ne peux faire un appel CELLULAIRE. Mon tlphone de fonctionne pas du tout. Assurez-vous que vous nutilisez pas votre tlphone cellulaire lorsque vous tes en communication sur la ligne CELLULAIRE. Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire est compatible. Pour une liste complte de dispositifs, visitez le www.telephones.att.com/bluetooth. Pour certains tlphones smartphones, assurez-vous que la fonction cellulaire est active. Assurez-vous que le cordon dalimentation est correctement branch. Assurez-vous que le bloc-piles est install et charg correctement. Vrifiez si le cordon tlphonique est insr jusquau fond dans le socle et dans la prise modulaire murale. Chargez le bloc-piles du combin sans fil pendant envi-

ron seize heures. Replacez le combin sans fil sur le socle aprs chaque utilisation afin doptimiser lautonomie du bloc-piles. Si le bloc-piles est compltement puis, linscription PILE FAIBLE apparatra aprs 10 minutes. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez le cordon dalimentation de la prise de courant. Attendez environ quinze secondes, rebranchez le cordon dalimentation. Attendez environ une minute pour que le combin sans fil sinitialise au socle. Il est possible que vous ayez acheter un nouveau bloc-piles, veuillez consulter la section Installation et charge des piles des pages 9 et 10 du guide dutilisation. 65 Appendice D Dpannage Je ne peux entendre des sons de mon systme tlphonique lorsque je suis en communication sur une ligne CELLULAIRE. Impossible de composer. Lcran du combin affiche PRESS HNDST LOC 4 SEC ON BASE et le combin ne repose pas sur le socle ni le chargeur. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez le cordon dalimentation. Attendez environ 15 secondes et rebranchez-le. Mettez le tlphone hors fonction et en fonction. Essayez dabord les suggestions ci-dessus. Assurez-vous dentendre la tonalit avant de composer le numro. Le combin sans fil prend environ une deux secondes pour communiquer avec le socle et produire une tonalit. Ceci est normal. Attendez une seconde de plus avant de composer. liminez les interfrences. Les interfrences produites par un tlviseur, une radio ou un autre lectromnager peuvent empcher votre tlphone de composer correctement. Si vous ne pouvez pas liminer compltement les interfrences, tentez de mettre le combin sans fil en sourdine avant de composer ou composez dans une autre pice de la maison o il y a moins dinterfrences. Si dautres tlphones dans votre maison ont le mme problme, celui-ci se situe au niveau du filage ou du service tlphonique. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale (des frais peuvent tre exigs). Dbranchez le bloc-piles du combin et rebranchez-le

(page 10). Lcran affichera NON INITIALISS et vous pourrez procder aux instructions dinitialisation de la page 60. 66 Appendice D Dpannage Mon combin sans fil ne fonctionne pas normalement. Le processus dinitialisation du combin a chou. La qualit sonore de mon tlphone est de pitre qualit lorsque jutilise le hautparleur mains libres. Assurez-vous que le cordon dalimentation est branch correctement au socle. Branchez-le dans une prise de courant diffrente qui nest pas contrle par un interrupteur. Rapprochez le combin sans fil du socle. Vous pouvez vous trouver hors de porte du socle. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez-le de la prise de courant. Attendez quinze secondes et rebranchez-le. Attendez une minute afin que le combin sans fil puisse sinitialiser au socle. Tentez dinstaller votre tlphone lcart de ces appareils lectroniques : routeurs sans fil, radios, tours de radiodiffusion, tours de tlavertisseurs, tlphones cellulaires, interphones, moniteurs pour bb, tlviseurs, ordinateurs personnels, appareils lectromnagers ainsi que dautres tlphones sans fil. Procdez tel que dcrit ci-dessous pour annuler linitialisation dun combin. 1. Assurez-vous que le combin ne repose pas sur le socle ou le chargeur et quil affiche NON INITIALISS avant de dbuter linitialisation. 2. Appuyez et maintenez enfonce la touche HANDSET LOCATOR pendant environ quatre secondes (jusqu ce que le voyant IN USE du socle sallume) et relchez la touche. 3. Dposez le combin non initialis sur le socle ou le chargeur. Consultez la section Initialisation dun combin de la page 60 pour plus de dtails. Pour une qualit sonore optimise lorsque vous utilisez le haut-parleur mains libres, dposez le combin sur une surface plane et le clavier face vous. 67 Appendice D Dpannage RECHERCHE DU SOCLE est affich lcran du combin. Le bloc-piles ne conserve pas sa charge. Jentends dautres appels lorsque jutilise mon tl-

phone. Assurez-vous que le socle branch et quil est aliment. Dposez le combin sans fil sur le socle pendant une minute afin de lui permettre de se resynchroniser. Rapprochez le combin sans fil du socle, vous pourriez tre hors de porte. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez-le de la prise de courant. Attendez quinze secondes et rebranchez-

le. Attendez une minute afin que le combin sans fil puisse sinitialiser au socle. Dautres appareils lectroniques peuvent causer de linterfrence votre tlphone sans fil. Tentez dinstaller votre tlphone lcart de ces appareils lectroniques: routeurs sans fil, radios, tours de radiodiffusion, tours de tlavertisseurs, tlphones cellulaires, interphones, moniteurs pour bb, tlviseurs, magntoscopes, ordinateurs personnels, appareils lectromnagers, ainsi que dautres tlphones sans fil. Le combin sans fil est dpos dans le chargeur, mais le voyant de charge nest pas allum, consultez la sec-

tion Le voyant de charge est hors fonction dans ce guide de dpannage. Chargez le combin sans fil pendant 16 heures. Pour une performance optimale, replacez le combin sur le socle aprs chaque utilisation. Il est possible que vous ayez acheter un nouveau bloc-piles, veuillez consulter la section Installation et charge des piles des pages 9 et 10 du guide dutilisation. Dbranchez votre socle de la prise tlphonique et appels pendant branchez-y un tlphone rgulier. Si vous pouvez que jutilise mon toujours entendre dautres conversations, le problme tlphone se situe alors avec votre filage. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale. 68 Appendice D Dpannage Jentends des interfrences, ou mon signal est faible lorsque je suis prs du socle. Si vous tes abonn la ligne daccs numrique (DSL) pour le service Internet haute vitesse travers la ligne tlphonique, vous devrez brancher votre fil tlphonique un filtre DSL. Vous devrez ensuite brancher le filtre DSL la prise tlphonique modulaire. Le filtre est disponible auprs de votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Celui-ci empche les interfrences et les problmes daffichage des donnes de lafficheur causs par les interfrences DSL. Vous pourriez amliorer la performance de votre tlphone sans fil en installant un nouveau socle le plus loin possible de lautre systme sans fil dj install. Dautres appareils lectroniques peuvent causer de linterfrence votre tlphone sans fil. Tentez dinstaller votre tlphone lcart de ces appareils lectroniques: routeurs sans fil, radios, tours de radiodiffusion, tours de tlavertisseurs, tlphones cellulaires, interphones, moniteurs pour bb, tlviseurs, ordinateurs personnels, appareils lectromnagers ainsi que dautres tlphones sans fil. Les fours micro-ondes fonctionnent sur la mme frquence que votre tlphone. Il est normal dobtenir des interfrences sur votre tlphone pendant le fonctionnement du four micro-ondes. Pour enrayer ce problme, ninstallez pas votre tlphone prs du four micro-ondes. Si votre tlphone est branch avec un modem ou un limiteur de tension, branchez le tlphone (ou le modem/limiteur de tension) dans une prise diffrente. Ce ceci ne rgle pas le problme, relocalisez votre tlphone ou votre modem lcart lun de lautre ou utilisez un limiteur de tension diffrente. Installez votre tlphone dans un endroit plus lev. Le tlphone bnficiera dune meilleure rception qui sil est install dans un endroit plus bas. 69 Appendice D Dpannage Mes appels s'estompent ou se coupent lorsque jutilise le combin. Si dautres appareils dans votre rsidence ont des problmes, le problme se situe alors avec votre filage. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale (des frais pourraient vous tre exigs). Vous pourrez entendre des interfrences si votre tlphone cellulaire est trops prs du socle pendant un appel CELLULAIRE . Assurez-vous que votre tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth se situe entre un et douze pieds de votre socle afin de maintenis une connexion fiable entre le tlphone cellulaire Bluetooth, le socle du tlphone et la tour cellulaire. Dautres appareils lectroniques peuvent causer de linterfrence votre tlphone sans fil. Tentez dinstaller votre tlphone lcart de ces appareils lectroniques:

routeurs sans fil, radios, tours de radiodiffusion, tours de tlavertisseurs, tlphones cellulaires, interphones, moni-

teurs pour bb, tlviseurs, ordinateurs personnels, appar-

eils lectromnagers ainsi que dautres tlphones sans fil. Les fours micro-ondes fonctionnent sur la mme frquence que votre tlphone. Il est normal dobtenir des interfrences sur votre tlphone pendant le fonctionnement du four micro-ondes. Pour enrayer ce problme, ninstallez pas votre tlphone prs du four micro-ondes. Si votre tlphone est branch avec un modem ou un limiteur de tension, branchez le tlphone (ou le modem/

limiteur de tension) dans une prise diffrente. Ce ceci ne rgle pas le problme, relocalisez votre tlphone ou votre modem lcart lun de lautre ou utilisez un limiteur de tension diffrente. Installez votre tlphone dans un endroit plus lev. Le tlphone bnficiera dune meilleure rception qui sil est install dans un endroit plus bas. Si dautres tlphones dans votre rsidence ont le mme problme, ceci signifie que le problme se situe au niveau du filage. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone (des frais pourraient tre exigs). 70 Appendice D Dpannage Mon combin ne sonne pas lorsque je reois un appel. Assurez-vous que la sonnerie soit active. Consultez la section Volume de la sonnerie de la page 22 du guide dutilisation. Assurez-vous que le fil tlphonique est branch correctement dans la prise tlphonique. Assurez-vous que le cordon dalimentation soit correctement branch. Le combin peut tre trop loign du socle. Chargez le bloc-piles du combin pendant 16 heures. Pour une performance optimise, dposez le combin sur le socle lorsque vous ne lutilisez pas. Si votre bloc-

piles est compltement puis, rechargez-le pendant au moins 15 minutes avant de faire un appel. Il est possible que vous ayez trop dappareils branchs la mme ligne. Tentez den dbrancher quelques-uns. La disposition de votre rsidence ou de votre bureau peut limiter la porte du tlphone. Tentez de dplacer le socle vers un emplacement plus lev, prfrablement vers un tage suprieur. Si dautres appareils dans votre rsidence ont des problmes, le problme se situe alors avec votre filage. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale (des frais pourraient vous tre exigs). Essayez un autre tlphone dans cette prise. Si celui-ci ne fonctionne pas correctement, le problme se situe alors avec votre filage. Contactez votre compagnie de tlphone locale (des frais pourraient vous tre exigs). Dautres appareils lectroniques peuvent causer de linterfrence votre tlphone sans fil. Tentez dinstaller votre tlphone lcart de ces appareils lectroniques:

routeurs sans fil, radios, tours de radiodiffusion, tours de tlavertisseurs, tlphones cellulaires, interphones, moniteurs pour bb, tlviseurs, ordinateurs personnels, appareils lectromnagers ainsi que dautres tlphones sans fil. 7171 Appendice D Dpannage Le voyant de charge est hors fonction. Installez le bloc-piles et replacez le combin sans fil sur le socle. Attendez que le combin sans fil rtablisse la communication avec le socle. Attendez environ une minute pour que ce processus puisse seffectuer. Votre fil tlphonique peut tre endommag. Essayez-en un nouveau. Assurez-vous que les cordons dalimentation soient branchs correctement. Rinitialisez le socle. Dbranchez le cordon dalimentation. Attendez quinze secondes et rebranchez-le. Attendez une minute pour que le combin et le socle de se rinitialiser. Nettoyez les bornes de charge du combin et du socle laide dune efface crayon ou dun chiffon sec. Mon afficheur ne fonctionne pas. Le service de lafficheur est disponible en abonnement. Vous devez vous abonner afin que bnficier de cette fonction. Votre appelant doit vous appeler dune rgion offrant les services de lafficheur. Les deux compagnies de tlphone, celle de lappelant et la vtre doivent utiliser des quipements compatibles. Si vous tes abonn la ligne daccs numrique

(DSL) pour le service Internet haute vitesse travers la ligne tlphonique, vous devrez brancher votre fil tlphonique un filtre DSL. Vous devrez ensuite brancher le filtre DSL la prise tlphonique modulaire

(consultez la page suivante). Le filtre est disponible auprs de votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Celui-ci empche les interfrences et les problmes daffichage des donnes de lafficheur causs par les interfrences DSL. Le systme ne reoit pas les donnes de lafficheur ou ne les affichent pas lorsque vous recevez un appel en attente. 72 Appendice D Dpannage Le systme ne reoit pas les donnes de lafficheur pen-

dant un appel. Solutions communes pour les appels lec-

troniques. Assurez-vous dtre abonn au service de lafficheur et de lafficheur de lappel en attente offerts par votre compagnie de tlphone locale. Les fonctions de lafficheur ne fonctionnent que si vous et lappelant vous trouvez dans des rgions offrant le service de lafficheur et que les deux compagnies de tlphone utilisent des quipements compatibles. Si lappareil ne semble pas fonctionner normalement, tentez de dposer le combin sur le socle. Si ceci ne semble pas rgler le problme, tentez lune des solutions ci-dessous (dans lordre):

1. Dbranchez lalimentation du socle. 2. Dbranchez le bloc-piles du combin ainsi que le bloc-piles supplmentaire, si applicable. 3. Attendez quelques minutes. 4. Branchez le cordon dalimentation du socle. 5. Rinstallez le bloc-piles et dposez le combin sans fil sur le socle. 6. Attendez que le combin rtablisse le lien avec le socle. Attendez au moins une minute pour que ce processus se termine. 73 Appendice E Entretien Prendre soin de votre tlphone Votre tlphone sans fil contient des pices sophistiques, veuillez le manipuler avec soin. viter de le manipuler rudement. Dposez le combin dlicatement. Conservez les matriaux demballage originaux afin de protger votre tlphone si vous devez lexpdier ultrieurement. vitez leau Votre tlphone peut sendommager sil devient mouill. Nutilisez pas le combin lextrieur lorsquil pleut, ou ne le manipulez pas avec les mains mouilles. Ninstallez pas le socle prs dun vier, dun bain ou dune douche. Orages Les orages peuvent quelquefois causer des pointes de tension dommageables pour les appareils lectroniques. Pour votre scurit, soyez prudent lorsque vous utilisez des appareils lectriques pendant un orage. Nettoyage de votre tlphone Le botier de votre tlphone est en plastique durable et devrait conserver son lustre pendant plusieurs annes. Nettoyez-le avec un chiffon doux lgrement imbib deau ou dune solution de savon doux. Nutilisez pas trop deau et aucun solvant. Rappelez-vous que les appareils lectriques peuvent provoquer de srieuses blessures lorsque vous tes mouill ou lorsque vous vous trouvez debout dans leau. Si le socle est chapp dans leau, NE TENTEZ PAS DE LE RCUPRER SANS DABORD AVOIR DBRANCH LE CORDON DALIMENTATION ET LES FILS TLPHONIQUES DES PRISES MURALES. Ensuite, retirez le socle de leau en utilisant les fils dbranchs. 74 Appendice F Mesures de scurit importantes Ce symbole prvient lutilisateur de la prsence de directives importantes de fonctionnement et dentretien de lappareil dans le guide accompagnant ce produit. Afin de rduire les risques dincendie, de blessures corporelles ou dlectrocution, suivez toujours les mesures prventives de base lorsque vous utilisez cet appareil. Renseignements se rapportant la scurit Lisez toutes les instructions relatives la prvention et au fonctionnement avant dutiliser cet appareil. Observez toutes les inscriptions apparaissant sur lappareil. vitez dutiliser le tlphone pendant un orage. Ceci peut prsenter un risque dlectrocution. Nutilisez pas votre tlphone proximit dune fuite de gaz. Si vous croyez quil y a une fuite de gaz, rapportez-la immdiatement, mais nutilisez pas de tlphone dans la zone de la fuite. Si cet appareil est un tlphone sans fil, assurez-vous que le socle soit loign de lendroit o survient la fuite. Nutilisez pas les appareils branchs une prise de courant CA prs de leau ou lorsque vous tes mouill. Par exemple, ne lutilisez pas dans un sous-sol ou une douche humide, ni prs dune piscine, baignoire, vier de cuisine ou cuve lessive. Nutilisez pas de liquides ni darosols pour nettoyer lappareil. Si un appareil branch une prise de courant CA entre en contact avec du liquide, dbranchez immdiatement tous les cbles de la ligne tlphonique et du cordon dalimentation. Ne rebranchez pas lappareil avant quil ne soit compltement sec. Installez cet appareil dans un endroit protg o personne ne peut trbucher sur les cbles ou les cordons dalimentation. Protgez les cbles contre tout dommage ou abrasion. Si lappareil ne fonctionne pas normalement, lisez la section Guide de dpannage aux pages 62-73 du guide dutilisation. Si vous ne pouvez pas rsoudre le problme, ou si lappareil est endommag, consultez la garantie limite des pages 84-87. Nouvrez pas cet appareil lexception des instructions spcifies dans ce guide. Louverture du botier ou le dmontage et le remontage inadquat de cet appareil pourraient vous exposer des tensions dangereuses ou autres risques. 75 Appendice F Mesures de scurit importantes Si cet appareil est dot de piles pouvant tre remplaces par lutilisateur, remplacez les piles tel que dcrit dans le guide dutilisation

(page 9 et page 10). Nincinrez pas et ne percez pas les piles - elles contiennent des chimiques caustiques. Cet adaptateur est conu pour tre orient en position verticale ou en position dinstallation sur le plancher. Les lames ne sont pas conues pour maintenir la fiche en place en position dinstallation au plafond ou sous la table/le comptoir. 76 Appendice F Mesures de scurit importantes Mise en garde: Utilisez seulement ladaptateur inclus avec cet appareil. Pour commander un adaptateur de rechange. Pour commander, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268 ou visitez notre site web au: www.telephones.att.com. Aux tats-Unis veuillez composer le 1 (800) 222-3111. Spcifiquement en rapport avec les tlphones sans fil Confidentialit: Les mmes caractristiques qui rendent les tlphones sans fil si pratiques crent galement des restrictions. Les appels tlphoniques sont transmis entre la base et le combin par le biais dondes radio, et il se peut que vos conversations tlphoniques soient interceptes par dautres quipements de rception dondes radio au sein de la porte du tlphone sans fil. Pour cette raison, vous ne devez pas considrer les conversations sur un tlphone sans fil comme tant aussi confidentielles que celles dun tlphone cordon. Alimentation lectrique: La base de ce tlphone sans fil doit tre branche une prise de courant lectrique fonctionnelle. La prise lectrique ne doit pas tre contrle par un interrupteur mural. Les appels ne peuvent pas tre effectus partir du combin si la base nest pas branche, si elle est hors fonction ou si le courant lectrique est coup. Interfrences potentielles aux tlviseurs: Certains tlphones sans fil fonctionnent sur des frquences pouvant causer des interfrences aux tlviseurs et magntoscopes. Pour rduire ou prvenir de tels parasites, ne pas dposer la base du tlphone sans fil proximit dun tlviseur ou magntoscope, ni directement sur celui-ci. Si votre tlviseur affiche des inter-

frences, loignez le tlphone sans fil de celui-ci afin de rduire les parasites. Piles rechargeables: Cet appareil comporte des piles l'hydrure mtallique de nickel. Soyez prudents lorsque vous manipulez les piles de manire ne pas causer un court-circuit avec des mtaux conducteurs tels que des bagues, bracelets ou cls. La pile ou la borne pourrat surchauffer et causer des blessures. Veuillez respecter la polarit entre la pile et le chargeur. Piles rechargeables lhydrure mtallique de nickel: Vous devez recycler ou jeter les piles de manire cologique. Ne pas jeter dans les rebuts domes-

tiques. Ne pas brler ni percer les piles. Comme pour les autres piles du mme type, si elles sont brles ou perces, des matires corrosives peuvent sen chapper, ce qui risque de causer des brlures ou autres blessures corporelles. 77 Appendice F Mesures de scurit importantes Le sceau de lorganisme de recyclage RBRCmc sur les piles lhydrure mtallique de nickel signifie que le fabricant de cet appareil participe volontairement au programme industriel visant reprendre et recycler ce type de piles lorsquelles ne servent plus, au sein du territoire des tats-Unis et du Canada. Vous devez apporter ces piles chez un dtaillant participant ou le centre de recyclage le plus prs de chez vous. Ou vous pouvez composer le 1-800-8BATTERY afin de connatre les endroits qui acceptent les piles lhydrure mtallique de nickel mortes. Mesures prventives pour les utilisateurs de stimulateurs cardiaques implants dans lorganisme Stimulateurs cardiaques (ne sapplique quaux tlphones sans fil numriques):

Lorganisme Wireless Technology Research, LLC (WTR), une firme de recher-

che indpendante, a men une valuation pluridisciplinaire des interfrences entre les tlphones sans fil portatifs et les stimulateurs cardiaques implants dans lorganisme. Appuye par lAdministration des aliments et drogues (FDA) des tats-Unis, la firme WTR recommande aux mdecins:

Avis aux dtenteurs de stimulateurs cardiaques Ils doivent tenir le tlphone sans fil une distance dau moins six pouces du stimulateur cardiaque. Ils ne doivent PAS placer le tlphone sans fil directement sur le stimulateur cardiaque, tel que dans une poche de chemise, lorsque celui-ci est en marche. Ils doivent utiliser le tlphone sans fil en lappuyant sur loreille qui se trouve dans la direction oppose au stimulateur cardiaque. Ltude effectue par lorganisme WRS na pas identifi de risque pour les dtenteurs de simulateurs cardiaques caus par les gens qui utilisent un tlphone sans fil proximit de ceux-ci. CONSERVEZ CES INSTRUCTIONS 78 Appendice G Renseignements relatifs lhomologation de la Commission fdrale des communications (FCC), article 68 et lACTA Cet appareil est conforme larticle 68 de la rglementation de la Commission fdrale des communications FCC aux tats-Unis et aux exigences adoptes par le Conseil dadministration du matriel terminal ACTA. Vous trouverez, sous lappareil, une tiquette qui contient, entre autres renseignements, une plaque signaltique dans le format US : AAAEQ##TXXX. Si on vous le demande, vous devez fournir ce numro la compagnie de tlphone. Cette homologation doit vous tre fournie par votre compagnie de tlphone locale, sur demande. La fiche et la prise utilises pour brancher cet appareil au filage du btiment et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes avec les rglements de larticle 68 et les exigences techniques adoptes par lACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une fiche modulaire conformes sont fournis avec cet appareil. Celui-ci a t conu pour tre raccord une prise modulaire compatible qui est galement conforme. Une prise RJ11 doit tre utilise pour le raccord une ligne simple et une prise RJ14, pour le raccord deux lignes. Consultez les instructions dinstallation du guide dutilisation. La fiche et la prise utilises pour brancher cet appareil au filage du btiment et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes avec les rglements de larticle 68 et les exigences techniques adoptes par lACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une fiche modulaire conformes sont fournis avec cet appareil. Celui-ci a t conu pour tre raccord une prise modulaire compatible qui est galement conforme. Consultez les instructions dinstallation du guide dutilisation pour plus de dtails ce sujet. Le numro REN sert dterminer combien de dispositifs tlphoniques peuvent tre raccords votre ligne tlphonique sans perdre leur capacit de sonner lorsquon vous appelle. Le numro REN est encod dans le numro didentification en tant que sixime et septime caractres, suivis des deux points. Par exemple, le code didentification suivant US : AAAEQ03T123XYZ indiquerait un numro REN de 0,3. Le numro REN sert dterminer combien de dispositifs tlphoniques peuvent tre raccords votre ligne tlphonique sans perdre leur capacit de sonner lorsquon vous appelle. Dans la plupart des rgions, la somme de tous les numros REN devrait tre de cinq (5.0) ou moins. Pour plus de dtails ce sujet, nous vous suggrons de communiquer avec votre compagnie de tlphone locale. 79 Appendix G Renseignements relatifs lhomologation de la Commission fdrale des communications (FCC), article 68 et lACTA Cet appareil ne peut pas tre utilis conjointement avec des tlphones publics ni des lignes partages. Si vous avez des composants de systmes dalarme connects sur votre ligne tlphonique, assurez-vous que le raccord de cet appareil ne dsactive pas votre systme dalarme. Si vous avez des questions se rapportant ce qui peut dsactiver votre systme dalarme, consultez votre compagnie de tlphone ou un installateur qualifi. Si cet appareil fonctionne mal, il doit tre dbranch de la prise modulaire jusqu ce que le problme soit rectifi. Les rparations effectues cet appareil doivent tre effectues par le fabricant ou un agent autoris. Pour procder une rparation, procdez tel que dcrit dans la garantie limite. Si cet appareil nuit au rseau tlphonique, la compagnie de tlphone peut dcider darrter temporairement votre service tlphonique. Elle est tenue de vous avertir avant dinterrompre le service ; si elle ne peut pas vous avertir davance, elle le fera ds quelle le pourra. On vous donnera lopportunit de rectifier le problme et la compagnie doit vous informer de votre droit de porter plainte la FCC. Votre compagnie de tlphone peut apporter des modifications ses installations, ses quipements et ses procdures pouvant altrer le fonctionnement normal de votre appareil. Par contre, elle est tenue de vous avertir lorsque de tels changements sont prvus. Cet appareil est dot d'un combin cordon ou d'un combin sans fil et il est compatible avec les appareils auditifs. Si cet appareil possde des adresses mmoire, vous pouvez y entrer les numros de tlphone des services durgence de votre municipalit (police, incendie et ambulance). Si vous en entrez en mmoire ou dsirez effectuer un test, veuillez vous rappeler des points suivants:

Demeurez sur la ligne et expliquez brivement la raison de votre appel avant de raccrocher. Effectuez de telles procdures en dehors des heures de pointe, tel que tt le matin ou tard le soir. 80 Appendix G Renseignements relatifs lhomologation de la Commission fdrale des communications (FCC), article 68 et lACTA IC (Industrie Canada) Cet appareil rpond aux spcifications techniques RSS-210 et CS-03 dIndustrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est assujetti deux conditions : 1) Cet appareil ne doit pas causer dinterfrences nuisibles et; 2) Il doit pouvoir supporter les parasites quil reoit, incluant les parasites pouvant nuire son fonctionnement. Labrviation IC se trouvant avant cette homologation signifie que les normes dIndustrie Canada ont t rencontres. Le numro dquivalence de sonnerie REN assign cet appareil est 0,1. Ce numro attribu chaque appareil dtermine le nombre de dispositifs tlphoniques que lon peut brancher dans le circuit tlphonique de la maison sans surcharger le systme. Le circuit tlphonique peut comporter nimporte quelle combinaison de dispositifs tlphoniques, la seule condition que la somme du numro REN nexcde pas cinq. Cet appareil rpond aux spcifications techniques dIndustrie Canada. 81 Appendice H Article 15 des rglements de la FCC Cet appareil a t test et savre conforme aux restrictions relatives aux quipements numriques de classe B, daprs larticle 15 des rglements de la Commission fdrale des communications (FCC). Ces restrictions ont t instaures pour offrir une protection raisonnable contre les interfrences nuisibles au sein dune installation MAISON. Cet appareil gnre, utilise et peut mettre des frquences radio et sil nest pas install selon les instructions, peut nuire aux radiocommunications. Toutefois, rien ne garantit que des parasites ne surviendront pas dans une installation particulire. Si cet appareil cause des interfrences nuisibles la rception de la radio, du tlviseur ou du magntoscope lorsque vous utilisez ceux-ci, nous vous invitons essayer lune des mesures correctives suivantes:

Si cela est possible de le faire en toute scurit, rorientez lantenne de rception installe sur lappareil qui manifeste les parasites soit la radio, le magntoscope ou lantenne du tlviseur. Dans la mesure o cela est possible, loignez lappareil du composant qui reoit les ondes soit la radio, le magntoscope ou le tlviseur ou vice versa. Si cet appareil est aliment par la tension CA, branchez-le dans une prise de courant CA diffrente de celle du composant qui reoit les ondes. Consultez le marchand ou un technicien radio/tl expriment pour obtenir de lassistance. Toutes les modifications apportes cet appareil, si elles ne sont pas expressment approuves par le fabricant dudit appareil, peuvent annuler le droit de lusager de faire fonctionner celui-ci. Cet appareil a t test et savre conforme aux restrictions relatives aux quipements numriques de classe B, daprs larticle 15 des rglements du FCC. 1) Cet appareil ne doit pas causer dinterfrences nuisibles et; 2) Il doit pouvoir supporter les parasites quil reoit, incluant les parasites pouvant nuire son fonctionnement. La confidentialit des communications peut ne pas tre assure avec ce tlphone. 82 Appendice H Article 15 des rglements de la FCC Afin dassurer la scurit des utilisateurs, la FCC a tabli les critres relatifs la quantit dnergie produite par les frquences radio pouvant tre absorbe scuritairement par lutilisateur ou les personnes se trouvant proximit de lappareil, selon son utilisation prvue. Ce produit a t test et savre conforme aux critres de la FCC. Le combin produit si peu de puissance quil ne ncessite pas dtre test. Il peut tre appuy en toute scurit sur loreille de lutilisateur. Assurez-vous dutiliser une attache-ceinture de marque AT&T Le socle doit tre install et utilis de faon ce quune distance denviron 20 cm (8 po.) ou plus. Cet appareil de classe B est conforme avec les normes canadiennes ICES-003. 83 Appendice I Garantie limite Les marques AT&T sont utilises sous licence. Toute rparation, tout remplacement ou tout service sous garantie et toutes les questions en rapport avec cet appareil doivent tre adresses : Advanced American Telephones en composant le 1 (866) 288-4268. Aux tats-Unis, visitez notre site Web au: www.telephones.att.com ou composez le 1 (800) 222-3111. 1. Que couvre cette garantie limite?

Le fabricant de ce produit de marque AT&T, Advanced American Technologies

(ci-aprs, AAT), garantit au dtenteur (ci-aprs le CONSOMMATEUR ou VOUS) de la preuve de lachat original, que ce produit et tous les accessoires fournis par Advanced American Telephones dans lemballage (ci-aprs le PRODUIT) seront libres de tout dfaut matriel de pices et de main-doeuvre, pourvu que les conditions et modalits suivantes soient respectes, lorsque le produit est install et utilis normalement et selon les directives du guide dutilisation. Cette garantie limite nest offerte quau CONSOMMATEUR ayant achet des PRODUITS aux tats-Unis et au Canada seulement. 2. Que fera AAT si ce produit savre dfectueux, tant dans ses pices que sa main-doeuvre, pendant la priode de la garantie limite (ci-aprs, PRODUIT COMPORTANT UN BRIS MATRIEL)?

Pendant la priode de la garantie limite, un centre de service ou autre technicien autoris par AAT rparera ou remplacera, la discrtion de AAT, sans frais, tout produit comportant un bris matriel. Si AAT rpare ce produit, AAT pourra utiliser des pices de remplacement neuves ou reconditionnes. Si AAT dcide de le remplacer, AAT peut le faire avec un produit neuf ou reconditionn, au design identique ou similaire. AAT sengage vous retourner le produit rpar ou remplac en bon tat de marche. AAT conservera tous les modules, pices et quipements dfectueux. La rparation ou le remplacement du produit, la seule discrtion de AAT, constitue votre seul recours. La rparation ou le remplacement se fera dans un dlai approximatif de trente (30) jours. 3. Quelle est la dure de la garantie limite?

La priode de la garantie limite du PRODUIT sera dUNE (1) anne partir de la date dachat. Si AAT rpare ou remplace un PRODUIT comportant un BRIS MATRIEL, selon les termes et conditions de cette garantie limite, cette garantie couvrira galement les PRODUITS rpars ou remplacs et ce, (a) pour une priode de quatre-vingt-dix (90) jours compter de la date o le PRODUIT rpar ou remplac VOUS est expdi ou (b) la dure rsiduelle de la garantie dune anne, selon la date figurant sur la facture originale. La priode la plus longue prvaudra. 84 Appendice I Garantie limite 4. Quest-ce qui nest pas couvert par cette garantie limite?

Cette garantie limite ne couvre pas:

Les produits ayant t soumis un abus, accident, dommage caus lors du transport ou tout autre dommage physique, une installation inadquate, une utilisation ou manipulation anormale du produit, ngligence, inondation, incendie, claboussure deau ou autre infiltration de liquide dans le botier de lappareil, ou;

Les produits endommags suite une rparation, altration ou modification par une entit autre quun centre de service ou technicien autoris par AAT, ou;

Le produit, si les problmes sont causs par des conditions externes telles quun mauvais signal, fiabilit du rseau tlphonique, de cblodistribution ou de tldiffusion, ou;

Le produit, si les problmes sont causs par une utilisation connexe avec des accessoires lectriques qui ne sont pas fabriqus par AAT, ou;

Le produit dont les autocollants affichant la garantie/plaque signaltique et/ou le numro de srie lectronique ont t enlevs, altrs ou rendus illisibles, ou;

Le produit achet, utilis, rpar ou expdi des fins de rparation lextrieur des tats-Unis ou du Canada ou utilis des fins commerciales, industrielles ou institutionnelles (incluant, mais ne sy limitant pas, les produits utiliss des fins de location), ou;

Le produit retourn sans preuve dachat valide (rfrez-vous larticle 6 ci-dessous), ou;

Les charges dinstallation ou dinitialisation, les rglages des commandes ajustables par lutilisateur, ainsi que linstallation ou la rparation des systmes externes lappareil. 5. Comment obtenir le service sous garantie?

Pour le service sous garantie, composez le 1 (866) 288-4268. Aux tats-Unis, visitez notre site Web au: www.telephones.att.com ou composez le 1 (800) 222-3111. REMARQUE: Avant dappeler le numro ci-dessus, veuillez consulter le guide dutilisation. Une vrification des commandes et des fonctions de lappareil peut vous pargner un appel de service. 85 Appendice I Garantie limite lexception des provisions des lois qui sappliquent, vous devez assumer lentire responsabilit des risques encourus lors du transport et de lexpdition. Vous tes responsable des frais dexpdition et de manutention du (des) produit(s) au centre de service le plus prs de chez vous. AAT vous retournera le produit rpar ou remplac, selon les termes de cette garantie limite, et assumera les frais dexpdition et de manutention de retour. AAT nassume aucune responsabilit en ce qui a trait aux dommages ou pertes encourus lors du transport. Si la dfaillance du produit nest pas couverte par cette garantie limite, ou si la preuve dachat ne satisfait pas les critres tablis par cette garantie limite, AAT vous avertira et vous soumettra les frais de rparation avant de procder celle-ci. Vous devrez alors dbourser les frais de la rparation et tous les frais relatifs lexpdition de retour pour les rparations qui ne sont pas couvertes par ladite garantie limite. 6. Que devez-vous retourner avec le produit afin dobtenir le service sous garantie?

a. Retourner lemballage original du produit en entier, incluant les matriaux demballage, au centre de service autoris par AAT, accompagn dune description du problme ou de la dfectuosit, et;

Inclure une preuve dachat valide (facture dachat) qui identifie clairement le produit que vous avez achet (numro du modle), ainsi que la date dachat (conservez-en une copie pour vos dossiers), et;

Fournir vos nom et adresse complets, ainsi que votre numro de tlphone. b. c. 7. Autres restrictions Cette garantie constitue lentente complte et exclusive entre AAT et vous-mme. Elle a prsance sur toutes les autres communications orales ou crites en rapport avec ce produit. AAT noffre aucune autre garantie pour ledit produit. La garantie dcrit exclusivement toutes les responsabilits de AAT en ce qui a trait ce produit. Il ny a aucune autre garantie formelle. Aucune autre entit nest autorise modifier ladite garantie limite et vous ne devez pas vous fier sur de telles modifications. Droits des tats ou provinces : Cette garantie vous donne des droits spcifiques et il se peut que vous bnficiiez dautres droits pouvant varier dun tat ou dune province lautre. 86 Appendice I Garantie limite Restrictions: Les garanties tacites, incluant les aptitudes un but particulier et les garanties en qualit loyale et marchande (une garantie non crite que le produit est apte une utilisation normale) ne se limitent qu une dure dune anne partir de la date dachat. Certains tats ou provinces ne permettent pas de restrictions en ce qui concerne la dure dune garantie tacite et il se peut que les restrictions ci-dessus ne sappliquent pas votre cas. En aucun cas AAT ne sera tenue responsable des dommages-intrts directs ou indirects, spciaux ou autres dommages similaires (incluant, mais ne sy limitant pas, les pertes de profits ou de revenus, les incapacits dutiliser le produit ou autres quipements connexes, le cot des quipements de substitution et les rclamations par une tierce partie) pouvant rsulter de lutilisation de ce produit. Certains tats ou provinces ne permettent pas de restrictions en ce qui concerne les dommages-intrts directs ou indirects et il se peut que les restrictions ci-dessus ne sappliquent pas votre cas. Veuillez conserver votre reu ou facture originale comme preuve dachat. 87 Appendice J Spcifications techniques Frquences RF 1921.536 MHz 1928.448 MHz Canaux 5 Temprature de fonctionnement Tension du socle

(Tension CA, 60 Hz) 32F 122F 0C 50C 96 129 Vrms Tension du socle

(Adaptateur CA la sortie) 6VDC @600mA Voltage du combin 2,4 3,2 V CC Voltage du chargeur

(Adaptateur CA la sortie) 6V CA @300mA Fonctionnement En mode de conversation (combin) En mode de conversation

(haut-parleur mains libres) En mode dattente Dure de fonctionnement*

Jusqu neuf heures Jusqu deux heures Jusqu cinq jours

* La dure de fonctionnement varie selon lutilisation spcifique et lge du bloc-piles. 88 Appendice J Spcifications techniques Technologie numrique DECT 6.0 La technologie numrique DECT 6,0 dAT&T procure une qualit sonore de la voix suprieure. Ceci est possible grce sont antenne de conception unique innovatrice en matire de technologie de filtration du bruit. Un laboratoire indpendant a confirm que les appareils DECT 6,0 dAT&T atteignent une performance de 45% suprieure la comptition. Les appels peuvent maintenant tre rpondus dans le sous-sol, la cour arrire et le garage et profiter dune qualit sonore exceptionnelle. Porte de fonctionnement du tlphone Le tlphone utilise la puissance maximale permise par la Commission fdrale des communications (FCC). Malgr ceci, ce combin et ce socle peuvent communiquer sur une certaine distancepouvant varier selon lemplacement du socle et du combin, les conditions climatiques ainsi que la construction de votre rsidence ou bureau. Porte et clart tendue Ce socle est dot dune antenne qui vous procure une clart et une porte plus tendue quauparavant. 89 Index A Adaptateur, 7-8 Afficheur, 48 Afficheur, ajouter des entres au rpertoire du tlphone, 54 composer des entres, 53 effacer des entres, 54 Alerte, tonalits d, 55 Annulation de linitialisation, 61 Annulation du voyant de messages dans la bote vocale, 25 Appel entrant, rpertoire de lafficheur, 53 Appel, transfert d, 39-40 appel en attente sur la ligne CELLULAIRE, 30 appel en attente sur la ligne MAISON, 27 Appels entrants, rpondre aux, 27, 29 B Bloc-piles, installation, 9 charge, 10 Bluetooth, Introduction, 16 jumelage, 18 liaison, 17 rglages, 18 remplacer un dispositif jumel, 20 C Combin supplmentaire, 59 Combin, annulation de linitialisation, 61 guide de rfrence rapide, 1-3 haut-parleur mains libres, 31 icnes de statut, 4 initialisation, 60 langage, 24 menu principal, 21 messages affichs lcran, 56-58 mise en sourdine temporaire de la sonnerie, 28 recherche du, 32 rglages, 22-26 tonalit de la sonnerie, 23 tonalit des touches, 24 volume de la sonnerie, 22 voyant de message dans la bote vocale, 25 Commande de volume de la sonnerie du combin, 22 Commande de volume du combin, 33 Composer un numro du rpertoire, 46 Composition partir dune entre du rpertoire, 46 Composition la chane, 36 Composition partir dune entre du rpertoire de lafficheur, 53 Confrence tlphonique, 33 Connexion automatique, 18 Connexion manuelle, 19 Coposition du numro affich, 46 D Dpannage, 62-73 DSL, 7 Dure coule, 27, 29 E Effacer des entres de recomposition, 32 90 Index Effacer des entres du rpertoire de lafficheur, 54 Entretien, 74 F Faire des appels MAISON, 27 CELLULAIRES, 29 I Initialisation, 60 Installation murale, 11-15 Installation, 5-15 Interphone, 37-38 J Jumelage de la mmoire, 50 Jumelage, 18 L Langage, 24 M MAISON, 1, 17 Messagerie vocale, 3, 25, 55 Mesures de scurit importantes, 75-78 Mise en attente, 35 Mise en sourdine de la sonnerie, 22, 26 Mise en sourdine temporaire de la sonnerie, 26 Mot de passe/passe-partout, 17 N NIP, 17 Noms, entrer des noms dans le rpertoire, 43 Noms, recherche des, 45 O Options de tonalits de sonnerie, 23 P Plongeon (crochet commutateur), 27, 30 Porte de fonctionnement du tl phone, 89 Prcomposition, 27, 29 R Recevoir des appels, 27-30 Recherche par le nom, 31 Recomposition, 31 Rpertoire, 41 Rpertoire, diter des entres, 47 nouvelle entre, 42-43 recherche dun nom, 45 Rpondre aux appels CELLULAIRES, 29 Rpondre aux appels MAISONS, 27 Rtablir la connexion automatique, 20 S Sourdine, 34 Spcifications techniques, 88-89 T Terminer des appels, 27-30 Tonalit de tl-signal, 32 Tonalit des touches, 24 V Volume de la sonnerie, 22 Voyant dappels manqus, 52 Voyant de message en attente dans la bote vocale, 25 Voyants, 55 91 www.telephones.att.com Le nom et le logo BluetoothMD appartiennent Bluetooth SIG, Inc. et lutilisation par Advanced American Telephones et ses filiales, VTech Holdings lte est utilis sous licence. VTech Holdings lte est membre de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Toutes les autres marques de commerce appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. 2011 par Advanced American Telephones. Tous droits rservs. AT&T et le logo dAT&T sont des marques de commerce dAT&T Intellectual Property est authoris sous licence par Advanced American Telephones, San Antonio, TX 78219. Imprim en Chine. Parution 2 AT&T 02/11.